Randwick Economic Activity Study Final Report

Randwick City Council July 2008

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc 43 This proposal has been prepared on behalf of:

This report has been prepared by: SGS Economics and Planning Pty. Ltd. ACN 007 437 729 Suite 12/50 Reservoir Street, Surry Hills NSW 2010 phone: 61 2 8307 0121 fax: 61 2 8307 0126 email: [email protected] web: www.sgs-pl.com.au Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table of Contents

Executive Summary ...... 5

1 Introduction ...... 8

1.1 Background ...... 8 1.2 Scope of the Study ...... 10 1.3 Report Structure ...... 11

2 Economic Context ...... 12

2.1 Globalisation...... 12 2.2 Cities ...... 12 2.3 Competitiveness ...... 13 2.4 Spatial Trends in Sydney ...... 14 2.5 Implications for Randwick City ...... 14

3 Current Policy Framework ...... 16

3.1 The State Plan, 2006 ...... 16 3.2 The Metropolitan Strategy, 2005 ...... 16 3.3 Draft East Subregional Strategy, 2007 ...... 18 3.4 Employment Lands for Sydney Action Plan, 2007 ...... 23 3.5 Statement on Innovation, 2006 ...... 23 3.6 Local Government Policy ...... 24 3.7 Implications for Randwick City ...... 25

4 The Randwick City Economy: Baseline Analysis ...... 26

4.1 Overview ...... 26 4.2 Randwick City Jobs ...... 27 4.3 Employment Specialisations ...... 30 4.4 Occupation Structure ...... 33 4.5 Origin of workers ...... 34 4.6 Travelling to Work ...... 37 4.7 Implications for Randwick City ...... 38

5 Key Areas of Economic Activity ...... 41

5.1 Health and Education Precinct...... 41 5.1.1 University of NSW ...... 41 5.1.2 Randwick Hospitals ...... 45 5.1.3 Randwick Racecourse ...... 47 5.1.4 Links with Surrounding Retail Centres ...... 48

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc 43 Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.1.5 Access ...... 49 5.1.6 Future Economic Activity ...... 50 5.2 Town Centres ...... 52 5.2.1 Expenditure Distribution...... 52 5.2.2 Catchment Areas ...... 54 5.2.3 Supply-side detail ...... 57 5.2.4 Future Economic Activity ...... 65 5.3 Industrial Employment Lands ...... 68 5.3.1 Logistics & Operations ...... 68 5.3.2 Global Logistics Trends ...... 73 5.3.4 Supply-side detail ...... 75 5.3.5 Future Economic Activity ...... 86 5.4 Implications for Randwick City ...... 88

6 Gaps, Opportunities & Recommendations ...... 90

6.1 Potential High-Level Policy Developments ...... 90 6.2 Health and Education Specialised Centre ...... 92 6.2.1 Overview ...... 92 6.2.2 Analysis ...... 94 6.2.3 Strategies ...... 97 6.2.4 Implementation ...... 101 6.3 Town Centres ...... 105 6.3.1 Overview ...... 105 6.3.2 Strategies ...... 107 6.3.3 Implementation ...... 109 6.4 Industrial Area ...... 112 6.4.1 Overview ...... 112 6.4.2 Analysis ...... 112 6.4.3 Strategies ...... 114 6.4.4 Implementation ...... 117

Appendices

1 Appendices 1

1 Local Environmental Plans 2 Resident Demographics 3 Supply-side Detail – UNSW & Randwick Hospitals 4 Demand-side Projections 2 Appendix 2: Retail Modelling 3 Appendix 3: Town Centres Audit

4 Appendix 4: Industrial Area Survey 5 Appendix 5: Employment Activity Chartbook

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 4

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Executive Summary

Randwick City Economy

Randwick City‟s economy is part of a complex and diverse network of activities that extends well beyond the boundaries of Randwick LGA. The City occupies the south eastern portion of the East Sydney subregion and is located between major metropolitan urban elements: Sydney CBD, Kingsford Smith Airport and Port Botany. The City is host to two „specialised centres‟: the Health and Education Specialised Centre in the north, and the Port Botany and Environs Specialised Centre to the south. Anzac Parade is a critical artery for activity in Randwick LGA, linking the key employment lands of the north and south, and providing residents around the LGA with a path for relatively efficient access to Sydney CBD. The area is serviced by bus networks.

The health and education specialised centre is a major hub in the north of the City. The precinct encompasses the University of NSW (UNSW), the Randwick Hospitals Complex, Randwick Racecourse and the town centres of Kensington, Kingsford, Randwick Junction and the Spot. The specialised nature of the major institutions in the centre ensures that it is export-oriented, with thousands of people coming from outside Randwick each day to attend the university and receive health care at the hospitals. These visitors contribute further to the local economy, frequenting the town centres and the entertainment districts in the surrounding region. The Draft East Subregional Strategy indicates that employment in the centre is expected to increase by 2,300 jobs, to total 12,100 jobs in 2031. A significant increase in floorspace demand is likely to be associated with this growth in jobs, although changes to the way in which the health & education industries operate could significantly alter land-use patterns in future. More detailed precinct planning should help to provide concrete estimates of future floorspace requirements and the extent to which these might be mitigated by changing practices.

The industrial areas in the south of Randwick LGA are part of a second specialised centre that includes Port Botany and the adjoining industrial lands in both Randwick and Botany LGAs. This centre is also export-oriented and plays an important role in the broader metropolitan economy. Employment in the region is less dense than the Health and Education Specialised Centre and is also more removed from dense residential settlements. As a result, it is less well serviced by public transport links. There is a good network of State roads linking the industrial lands to other parts of Sydney (including the CBD), which facilitates quite efficient transport of goods to and from the port. These industrial lands also provide a location for local light industry. The Draft Subregional Strategy sets a target of an additional 3,900 jobs in the Port Botany and Environs Specialised Centre by 2031. On the Randwick City side, the anticipated increase in employment is likely to lead to additional demand for industrial space in the order of 11 hectares, though estimates suggest that current capacity in the industrial area would be sufficient to satisfy this demand.

Throughout Randwick LGA there is a hierarchy of more localised town centres that are distinct from the export-oriented specialised centres. Indeed, a more locally-oriented economy emerges towards the centre of the LGA; Maroubra Junction, Matraville, East Lakes and Hillsdale (the latter two being in the Botany LGA) form an important clustering of centres that serve the needs of a more local population of the Randwick and Botany LGAs. The Maroubra Junction and Hillsdale centres also

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 5

Randwick Economic Activity Study

support significant residential populations. Many of the local town centres are also supported by a vibrant tourism industry, with visitors drawn to Randwick City‟s natural and open space assets: Centennial Park to the north; the coastline to the east and national parkland to the south of the LGA. Overall, the Draft East Subregional Strategy suggests growth in employment of close to 2000 jobs outside Randwick City‟s specialised centres by 2031, suggesting an increase in demand for floorspace in the town centres in the order of 50,000 sqm. Preliminary estimates of capacity across the main centres in Randwick City suggest that there is sufficient potential for non- residential development under current zoning regulations, though a more detailed centre-by-centre analysis would be required to accurately assess whether the character of supply capacity (locational and otherwise) is in line with likely requirements.

Strategies

This report recommends the following strategies to support the vitality of Randwick City‟s economy into the future:

Health and education precinct

1. Effective Governance for the specialised centre Long-term planning of the specialised centre should be led by the State Government with support from Council. Issues that should be considered by a planning committee include: economic development, accommodation needs, transport links and local amenity. 2. Integrating the public domain and improving public open space Develop a public domain plan for the specialised centre. Consider: improving quality of public domain areas between town centre and major institutions, identification of opportunities for new public space, identification of opportunities for public art, coordination of signage and way-finding, street trees and planting, materials and street furniture. 3. Improving transport services and infrastructure Continue to lobby for improved public transport access, particularly new mass transit options. Consideration should be given to the preferred location of mass transit stations, key destinations and redevelopment opportunities that might be associated with additional transport infrastructure. Also investigate options for a local transport „loop‟ within the specialised centre, building on UNSW‟s existing security shuttle-bus service. 4. Detailed planning for opportunity sites Develop design principles and, where appropriate, more detailed controls to inform future land use planning and urban design outcomes for development opportunity sites.

Town centres

1. Improving amenity in Maroubra Junction Consider the provision of public spaces (including green space), access to open space and adequate public transport. Any redevelopment of the commercial centre should prioritise retaining or instating a fine grain of ground floor tenancies. 2. Planning for growth in coastal centres

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 6

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Plan for increased visitor numbers to the coastal centres and support associated uses. Encourage a shift in modal split of visitors to these centres through parking policies and lobbying for more effective public transport. 3. Developing a distinct role for local village centres Permit mixed uses but ensure sufficient non-residential floorspace is provided. Promote a „fine grain‟ of retail and commercial development to support the vibrancy and viability of smaller centres. Promote a complementary business mix in smaller centres to support successful neighbourhood hubs.

Industrial Lands

1. Protecting land for growth of the specialised centre Restrict further subdivision and/or strata titling of larger lots. Retain existing areas of small lots and strata tenancies for local light industries and smaller scale port-related activities. Prohibit bulky goods and other retail activity. 2. Providing certainty and protecting amenity Streamline Council processes. Amend the LGA boundary that currently intersects several properties. Promote development principles and strategies to manage interfaces between industrial and residential areas; encourage higher-impact activities to be located and oriented away from boundaries with residentially zoned land. 3. Coordinating Governance of the specialised centre Work with State government in the management and coordination of land uses and economic activity in the Port and Environs Specialised Centre.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 7

Randwick Economic Activity Study

1 Introduction

1.1 Background

Randwick City is a coastal local government area (LGA) located east of the Sydney Central Business District (CBD) and bound by the LGAs of Botany Bay, City of Sydney, Woollahra and Waverley. Randwick City centre (around Belmore Road) is approximately 7km from the CBD, while Maroubra Junction is approximately 10km from the CBD. Randwick City has an extensive coastline (around 29km) and includes part of the northern headland into Botany Bay. The area is also close to Sydney Airport lands and the road corridor that links the airport to Sydney CBD. Randwick City is not serviced by rail transport and relies on a bus network as its main mode of public transport.

The City‟s major strategic assets include part of Port Botany, the Randwick Hospitals Complex, and the education facilities of the University of New South Wales and Randwick TAFE. It is also rich in natural assets, including Centennial Parklands, several beaches and national parklands towards the south of the City. In total, Randwick City covers an area of around 37 square kilometres, incorporating the suburbs of Centennial Park, Chifley, Clovelly, Coogee, Kensington, Kingsford, La Perouse, Little Bay, Malabar, Maroubra, Matraville, South Coogee, Phillip Bay, Port Botany and Randwick. The LGA boundary and key economic precincts are illustrated Figure 1.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 8

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 1. Key Economic Precincts, Randwick LGA

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 9

Randwick Economic Activity Study

1.2 Scope of the Study

In June 2006, Randwick City Council adopted the Randwick City Plan, which outlines strategic objectives for the LGA and initiatives and services Council plans to promote in the achievement of these objectives. The City Plan has the overarching aim of providing leadership in sustainability with actions in key themes feeding into this vision:

– A sense of community - a vibrant and diverse community; an informed and engaged community; – Places for people - excellence in urban design and development; excellence in recreation and lifestyle opportunities; a liveable city; heritage that is protected and celebrated; – A prospering city - a strong local economy; – Moving around - integrated and accessible transport; and – Looking after our environment - a healthy environment. Source: Randwick Council City Plan 2005-2025

Within the economic theme of a „prospering city‟, the Plan outlines how Council will support the local economy in the context of regional, national and international trends, while contributing to a sustainable city. Council has outlined the following directions for action:

– Facilitate economic development and maintain the diversity of our local economic base, including maintaining our existing commercial and industrial land; – Improve and promote our town centres; – Improve understanding of tourism trends and the role tourism plays in the local economy; and – Improve accessibility to and around our key economic activity centres.

In support of these directions, and as part of the preliminary work being undertaken in the preparation of a new comprehensive Local Environmental Plan (LEP), Randwick City Council commissioned SGS Economics & Planning to undertake a study of economic activity in the local government area. Specifically, the project aims to: …review and determine the economic trends and opportunities across the City to make informed recommendations for the following key economic activity areas: – Industrial lands (including part of Port Botany); – The University of NSW / Randwick Hospitals precinct; and – Other employment areas (e.g. town centres).

This study aims to provide Council with a firm understanding of its economy and the opportunities that exist for strengthening local prosperity within the broader economic context.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 10

Randwick Economic Activity Study

1.3 Report Structure

The remainder of the report follows the following structure:

Section 2 outlines the macro level economic context for the study, highlighting trends in globalisation, city development and competitiveness.

Section 3 reviews the current policy framework relevant to Randwick City.

Section 4 presents a baseline analysis of current economic activity, with the character of employment – industry composition, occupation structure and travel modes – investigated in some detail.

Section 5 examines key precincts in Randwick City – the health & education centre, the town centres and the industrial employment lands – in more detail. The section presents a brief exposition on the operations of UNSW and the Randwick Hospitals, information on trends in port logistics and operations, as well as findings from the SGS retail model examining the distribution of retail expenditure across the East subregion. Supply-side information derived from employment land audits is also summarised in this section.

Section 6 presents a series of recommendations for supporting the vitality of Randwick City‟s economy. An assessment of the key gaps and opportunities is discussed and recommendations for the City and each of the key employment precincts are presented in detail.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 11

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2 Economic Context

2.1 Globalisation

In recent years, globalisation has become an increasingly important influence on local economies. Technological innovation in transport and communications, the promotion of deregulation in particular industry sectors, the removal of trade restrictions and exchange controls and innovation in the management and pricing of transaction risks (insurance, hedging, partnership formation etc) have led to a rapid increase in global trade in goods, services and capital flows.

As a consequence, the „thinking‟ part of the value chain (design, brokerage, marketing, strategy formulation) and the „making‟ (manufacturing) and „distribution‟ (transport, logistics, after sales service) aspects have become increasingly separated. Key services within the „thinking‟ stages tend to be centralised within one or two hubs in advanced countries. In Australia, this is evident in Sydney‟s role as the pre-eminent national dispenser of advanced business services.1

With continued advancement in communication and transport technologies, global production networks are becoming increasingly flexible, specialised and dispersed across continents. In an era where resources, technology and ideas can be moved rapidly to the most productive location, a local economy cannot rely on its past strengths or traditional expertise; economies must adapt as competitive conditions evolve.

Together, these trends have significant implications for developed economies; the economic context is one of increased global competition, and also one of increasing interdependence of national and urban economies. While Australia is likely to experience increased competition in lower order service sectors of the economy in future, there will also be opportunities for increased trade (namely in resources, advanced manufacturing and sophisticated services).

In addition to its noted influence on the supply side of world markets, globalisation also affects the nature of world demand. The burgeoning middle classes in countries like China and India are providing new markets for very high quality manufactured goods from the developed world.

2.2 Cities

With increased globalisation, economic activities have become increasingly specialised in areas of local competitive advantage. In particular, more labour-intensive, lower-technology production is taking place in countries with an abundance of low-cost labour, whilst advanced economies, with higher labour costs and more developed skills and physical capital, concentrate on the production of high-value, knowledge-based goods and services.

1 Spiller, M. (2004) Urban Agglomeration of Advanced Business Services in Australia – Some Policy Implications, State of Australian Cities Conference, Sydney, December 2003

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 12

Randwick Economic Activity Study

These high-value, knowledge based industries have an acute preference for locating in cities, which enhance firms‟ propensity to innovate as a result of agglomeration economies; cities are now being increasingly recognised for the benefits simply arising from workers and firms being located close together. Sydney, for example, has carved out a competitive role in the global trade network providing financial services to the Australian commodity trade (metals, mining etc), financial brokerage in the NZ/Pacific region and financial brokerage into the Australian consumption economy.

The attraction and retention of high-value, knowledge based sectors are crucial to long-term prosperity. Successful national economies are increasingly measured by their capacity to generate wealth through innovation and growth in productivity, and to attract the labour and capital to support an innovation-based economy. Because these functions are concentrated in cities, the efficiency, amenity and quality of life available in cities is an increasingly important factor in economic success.

2.3 Competitiveness

In an era of increased globalisation, „local‟ competitiveness will depend on:

– Infrastructure, including both „hard‟ infrastructure (such as transport systems) and „soft‟ infrastructure (such as R&D institutions, governance frameworks for economic development and peak body representation); – Education and health, which underpin a productive workforce and a lifelong learning and well- being agenda; – Labour supply within a reasonable geographic reach (which has implications for transport connections and adequacy); – Business sophistication, which relates to the quality of business leadership and management (and includes maximising performance from sound locational decisions where clustering and agglomeration economies can be supported); – Innovation and technological readiness, which refers to the ability of the economy to develop new technologies or „cutting-edge‟ products in order to grow and maintain a competitive advantage, and/or adapt to existing technologies to enhance the productivity of its industries; – Sustainability, which will become increasingly relevant in „competitiveness‟ judgements; and, – Quality of life, covering lifestyle, amenities, access to recreation and quality residential offerings.

These variables display clear linkages, strengthening the assertion that competitiveness is the product of a range of interlocking factors.

Sydney is considered globally competitive against most of these indicators. It ranked equal 9th with the likes of Berne in Switzerland on Mercer‟s 2007 Quality of Living index, and 14th on Mastercard‟s World Centers of Commerce aggregate index. It would rank at around 5th against American cities such as Boston and Seattle on Richard Florida‟s Creativity Index. However, on Mastercard‟s ranking, it does not fair so well on the individual criterion of knowledge and information flow, which is some cause for concern given the importance of this „competitiveness‟ element in the modern global economy.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 13

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2.4 Spatial Trends in Sydney

In recent years, demand for advanced business services has increased rapidly, inspiring strong growth in office markets in Sydney‟s global economic corridor – in central Sydney and at „satellite‟ locations. At the same time, there has been some suburbanisation of employment in other sectors where firms are increasingly integrating their operations across administration, research and development and warehousing. For example, in many older industrial areas, the employment complexion has shifted toward white collar occupations and the component of floor area that is used for office activities has increased. Meanwhile, with growth in logistics and warehousing operations, the amount of land consumed per employee has increased and accelerated demand for large lots on the urban fringe.

Overall, growing demand for employment lands in the outer subregions of Sydney has been the result of numerous „push‟ and „pull‟ factors. These factors are as listed as follows:

Push Factors – from inner areas: – Increasing rents and outgoings; – Lack of appropriately zoned industrial land; and – Small lot sizes.

Pull Factors – to outer areas: – Release of SEPP 59 lands (designated employment lands located in and around Erskine Park and Eastern Creek); – Availability of serviced land; – Improved transport opportunities and infrastructure; – Lower rents and cheaper land; and – Growing population and customer base.

These factors have reshaped Metropolitan Sydney‟s industrial structure, particularly in the traditional inner city industrial areas that are now characterised by new types of commercial and industrial development, or have been converted for residential usage.

2.5 Implications for Randwick City

The Randwick City economy is well-poised to take advantage of the opportunities presented by increased globalisation. Growth in goods trade will support the ongoing strength of activity at Port Botany and in the surrounding industrial lands. Randwick‟s specialisation in education and health should also be supported, given the tendency for knowledge-based service industries to thrive in developed economies under the globalisation paradigm. Going forward, however, policy-makers need to monitor the changing nature of competition in these markets, as global demand can be quite flexible; a degree of diversification in the local economy should be maintained.

The efficiency, amenity and quality of life available in cities will be critical for attracting a high quality workforce as labour markets become increasingly mobile. Randwick has high quality residential areas and town centres, as well as access to beaches and national park areas.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 14

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Randwick‟s series of small villages and neighbourhood centres contributes to its residential amenity and increasing basic services within these centres should be considered. The buffer between the industrial and residential areas should also be monitored in future, to reduce any adverse impact of employment activity on residential amenity.

The trends in Sydney‟s employment land market have some key implications for Randwick. The industrial zoned land is likely to remain in high demand due to its proximity to key infrastructure – the airport and the port – and to the relatively affluent resident population in the surrounding region. The nature of the land supply will affect its usefulness however; in particular, further subdivision of lots around Port Botany would make it difficult for the land to be used for port- related purposes in future. At the same time, development provisions will need to have sufficient flexibility to allow for some increase in the commercial component of industrial development over time.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 15

Randwick Economic Activity Study

3 Current Policy Framework

Key policy documents and their relevant directions are summarised below.

3.1 The State Plan, 2006

A key message in the State Plan is that NSW is „open for business‟; Sydney should strive to be the most attractive city in which to do business in South East Asia, with the broader NSW region sharing in the benefits of Sydney‟s global city status. Priorities of the State Plan include: – increased business investment, – maintaining and investing in infrastructure to support the economy; and – cutting red tape.

In the direction area of „Improved Urban Environment‟, priorities also include promoting „jobs closer to home‟, which picks up on a key aspiration from the Metropolitan Strategy (section following).

3.2 The Metropolitan Strategy, 2005

The Metropolitan Strategy includes an aspiration to provide sufficient land to accommodate employment growth. It presents employment capacity targets for Sydney‟s subregions, and identifies strategic employment precincts.

Randwick LGA is located in the East subregion, alongside Woollahra, Waverley and Botany Bay LGAs (Figure 2). The Strategy identified this subregion as increasing its employment to 155,000 or by 12.8% by 20312, with significant growth expected around Port Botany and Sydney Airport Lands (identified as the most strategic employment lands in the GMR).

The Strategy identifies the following strategic factors that will affect the nature of demand for employment lands in future:3 – Growth in export and import business activity, which requires proximity or good access to the airport and port; – The significant role of innovation, which drives industry clusters and the need for proximity to quality services and education activities; – The increased role of office jobs in industry, meaning that the provision of public transport in or near centre locations for employment areas needs consideration; – The need for a good distribution of some activities – such as concrete batching and waste services – across the metropolitan area; – The need for lower cost locations for „start-up‟ businesses.

2 NSW Government (2005) Metropolitan Strategy: City of Cites, Supporting Information, p.59 3 NSW Government (2005) Metropolitan Strategy: City of Cites, p.53-54

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 16

Randwick Economic Activity Study

To ensure the provision of adequate employment lands across Sydney, more detailed subregional planning documents were subsequently prepared to translate the objectives of the Metropolitan Strategy to the local level.

Figure 2. Employment Precincts, East Subregion

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 17

Randwick Economic Activity Study

3.3 Draft East Subregional Strategy, 2007

The Draft East Subregional Strategy directs that Sydney‟s East Subregion region provides an additional 25,000 jobs (revised up from 17,500 in the Metropolitan Strategy) and an additional 20,000 dwellings by 2031. Employment targets for Randwick are set at 5,900 jobs, or 23% of the subregional target.

Key directions and actions in the Draft East Subregional Strategy relevant to Randwick LGA are summarised in Table 1 below:

Table 1. East Subregional Strategy Key Directions and Actions

Key Directions Key Actions Support And Strengthen . Implement expansion of Port Botany. The Nation’s Economic . Protect strategic Employment Lands relating to Port Botany and Sydney Gateways Airport. . Plan for an intermodal terminal network in Sydney. . Investigate options to improve road links to/from Port Botany. Consolidate And . Establish a Planning Partnership for the Randwick Education and Health Strengthen The Randwick Specialised Centre. Health And Education . Establish the Randwick Medical Research precinct. Specialised Centre . Promote the Randwick Specialised Centre as a centre of biomedical and bioengineering research and development. . Identify future locations for housing to accommodate students and hospital workers. Support Future Role Of . Investigate appropriate locations for future retail uses in centres, Business Retail Centres Development Zones and Enterprise Corridors. Improve Housing Choice . Plan for sufficient zoned land to accommodate housing targets. . Apply subregional METRIX planning tool to assist councils in undertaking local housing market analysis. . Develop initiatives to provide for affordable housing. Improve East /West Public . Introduce new bus corridors and support existing Strategic Bus Corridors Transport Access through a package of measures. . Investigate and protect corridors for higher capacity modes. Protect And Promote . Promote key tourist and visitor destinations in the East Subregion and Scenic Quality And identify future visitor accommodation and facility demands. Tourism . Manage the impacts of tourism on the natural environment. . Continue to improve environmental quality and bush restoration programs of coastal and other reserves. . Investigate long–term use of Malabar Headland for future open space and conservation purposes. . Recognise and enhance the nightlife and entertainment clusters.

Key structural elements highlighted in the subregional strategy are illustrated in Figure 3.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 18

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 3. Randwick City and the East Subregion: Structuring Elements

Source: SGS; Subregional Strategy

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 19

Randwick Economic Activity Study

The Draft East Subregional Strategy notes that local government has a critical role to play in supporting local economic activity: in planning and development decisions and in the provision of minor infrastructure. It has fewer controls over major infrastructure investments, or macro- economic conditions that affect business decisions and confidence, but it can provide guidance and a clear strategy to influence these aspects.

Centres Hierarchy

The Draft East Subregional Strategy identifies a hierarchy of activity centres located within the subregion. The centres within Randwick and the size and character of the centres (according to the draft strategy) are provided in Table 2 below.

Table 2. Randwick Centres Hierarchy

Centre Type Location Strategy aims for centres Specialised Randwick Education and Health Focus of national and international business. Education Centres Complex; Port Botany & Environs and Health centre currently employs 9,800 and is expected to grow to 12,100 by 2031. Port Botany centre currently employs 11,200 and is expected to grow to 15,100 by 2031. Town Centres Randwick; Maroubra Junction One or two supermarkets, community facilities and services; 4,500 - 9,000 dwellings. Maroubra Junction is considered one of the main shopping centres in the LGA which has undergone recent reinvigoration resulting from increased mixed use development and redevelopment of the mall. Randwick town centre functions as a traditional high street. It is considered to have limited capacity for growth due to heritage considerations. Villages Coogee; Kingsford; Kensington Strip of shops containing small supermarket and local services (hairdresser, take-away food shops); 2,100 – 5,500 dwellings. Small Village Matraville; Malabar; Maroubra Small strip of shops within 5-10 minutes of residential Bay; Maroubra South, The Spot; area; 800 – 2,700 dwellings. Clovelly; Frenchmans Road; Neighbourhood North Randwick; West Randwick; One or a small cluster of shops and services; between Centre Clovelly; Clovelly Beach; Coogee 150 – 900 dwellings. Beach; Havelock St (Coogee); Dolphin St (Coogee); Moverly Road (Coogee); Botany St; Duffy‟s Corner; Lurline; Little Bay; Chifley; La Perouse

The Strategy also notes that parts of Anzac Parade act as an Enterprise Corridor, providing low- cost accommodation for a range of local and regional services that benefit from high levels of passing traffic (i.e. car yards, light industry and offices) and serve as a buffer between residential development and the road.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 20

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Elsewhere in the East Subregion, there is one major centre at Bondi Junction, another specialised centre at Sydney Airport, town centres at Edgecliff, Double Bay, Bondi and Eastlakes, a stand- alone shopping centre at Eastgardens, and villages at Rose Bay, Oxford St Paddington, Hillsdale, Botany and Mascot.

Specialised Centres

Port Botany – which is partially located within Randwick LGA – is identified as a specialised centre (Figure 4), and planning for improved links between Sydney Airport, Port Botany and the distribution and manufacturing industries is a priority of the strategy. The strategy directs that employment land around Sydney Airport and Port Botany be enhanced and protected from pressure to rezone for alternative uses (including residential development). Ministerial consent will be required for major developments in the suburbs surrounding Sydney Airport and Port Botany and planning for strategic sites is proposed as part of planning in the City to Airport corridor.

Figure 4. Specialised Centre: Port Botany & Environs

Source: Draft East Subregional Strategy

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 21

Randwick Economic Activity Study

The strategy also highlights other key directions that will affect these employment lands, including: – Identification of a rail corridor to ensure that landuse activities adjoining the freight rail line at Port Botany do not preclude future opportunities for expansion; – Introduction of intermodal terminals at strategic locations within Sydney metropolitan area; – Specification of sufficient employment land for bus terminals (in light of anticipated expansion of the bus network); – Identification of opportunities for industrial development in areas with good access to the orbital network; – Growth in demand for bulky goods outlets, which need to be assessed with respect to net community benefits; and – Extension of the M4 East motorway, likely to impact upon port-related traffic.

To the north of Randwick LGA, the region surrounding the University of NSW (UNSW) and Randwick Hospitals (including Prince of Wales Hospital, Prince of Wales Private, Royal Hospital for Women and the Children‟s Hospital) is also identified as a specialised centre (Figure 5).

Figure 5. Specialised Centre: Randwick Education and Health

Source: Draft East Subregional Strategy

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 22

Randwick Economic Activity Study

According to the Draft East Strategy, the centre currently employs 9,800 workers and is expected to grow to around 12,100 workers by 2031. The strategy seeks a master plan for the whole site, to bring together major stakeholders to look at long-term integration and coordination of activities. It also notes that planning for the specialised centre should consider the long–term opportunity for nearby centres, particularly Randwick, Kensington and Kingsford, and Randwick Racecourse to contribute to a more intense node for research, employment and business.

3.4 Employment Lands for Sydney Action Plan, 2007

The Employment Lands plan provides 18 key recommendations and five actions; the main objectives are to provide suitable employment lands sites in strategic areas, increase innovation and skills development, and to improve opportunities and access to jobs for disadvantaged communities.

The Employment Lands Development Program is to be established to assist in the release of more employment lands and the regeneration of brownfield sites, as well as providing more efficient processes for zoning and site development and improving co-ordination across government levels and with the community.

3.5 Statement on Innovation, 2006

The Statement on Innovation identifies comparative advantages for NSW within key industry sectors: – High value-added manufacturing; – Entertainment, design, media and creative arts; – Financial and business services; – Logistics and transaction services; and – Energy and related services (particularly coal).

The Statement suggests that these sectors should be the focus for policy makers aiming to boost innovation infrastructure and capacity.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 23

Randwick Economic Activity Study

3.6 Local Government Policy

Randwick City Plan, 2006

Randwick Council adopted the Randwick City Plan in June 2006 which outlines strategic objectives for the LGA and the initiatives and services Council has planned to support the achievement of these objectives. The Strategic Plan has the overarching aim of providing leadership in sustainability with actions in key themes feeding into this vision: – Sense of community - a vibrant and diverse community; an informed and engaged community; – Places for people - excellence in urban design and development; excellence in recreation and lifestyle opportunities; a liveable city; heritage that is protected and celebrated – A prospering city - a strong local economy; – Moving around - integrated and accessible transport; and – Looking after our environment - a healthy environment.

The economic theme of a „prosperous city‟ outlines how Council will support the local economy in the context of regional, national and international trends while contributing to a sustainable city. In the background paper to „A Prosperous City‟, Council highlights that the local economic will be influenced by the continuing international trends of globalisation, rapid technological change and changing work patterns, including more flexibility.

The background paper identifies local, national and international trends that influence the local economy as follows: – Local Economic trends: anticipated economic development, existing and future labour force characteristics, strategies for fostering and guiding economic growth – National Trends: Economic policies and initiatives; Strong economic growth; A small population – International Trends: Globalisations; Technological change

Council has outlined the following directions in their City Plan to address these trends: – Facilitate economic development and maintain the diversity of our local economic base, including maintaining our existing commercial and industrial land; – Improve and promote our town centres; – Improve the understanding of tourism trends and the role tourism plays in the local economy; – Improve accessibility to and around our key economic activity centres.

Council aims to provide „a strategic land use framework [that] provides for our lifestyle changes and for a continuing yet low rate of growth across our City‟. A comprehensive review of the Randwick City LEP will assist in achieving this objective.

Randwick City Local Environmental Plan

The Randwick City Local Environmental Plan (LEP) (detailed in Appendix 1) is the key document for land use planning in Randwick City. Council is presently developing a new comprehensive LEP to manage growth and development going forward. The State Government's Metropolitan and Subregional strategic plans are key inputs into this process.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 24

Randwick Economic Activity Study

3.7 Implications for Randwick City

The Metropolitan and Draft East Subregional strategies propose an increase of about 5,900 jobs in Randwick LGA between 2006 and 2031. This is a relatively modest increase and could be met predominantly through potential within existing employment lands. Employment growth is likely to be concentrated in the specialised centres identified in the Metropolitan Strategy – in the industrial lands around Port Botany and in the precinct incorporating UNSW and the Randwick Hospitals campuses. This would be consistent with the objectives of the other policy documents summarised in this chapter: - Promoting growth in port-related employment would be consistent with the Statement on Innovation, as it identifies logistics operations as a key comparative advantage for NSW. It would also be aligned with the Employment Lands Action Plan, as land in close proximity to the port is of strategic significance. - Promoting employment growth in Randwick‟s education and health specialised centre would also be consistent with the Employment Lands Action Plan; potential synergies between the key institutions in this precinct could be better exploited to facilitate innovation, particularly in the field of medical research.

The State Plan should provide an impetus for Council to address the „cutting the red tape‟ agenda and review the regulation and development controls that affect economic activity. Whilst regulation should ultimately control for negative impacts, it should also be assessed according to the ease with which businesses can set up and evolve within the regulatory environment. Effective regulation should support a buoyant economy, facilitating business investment that is responsive to evolving market demands.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 25

Randwick Economic Activity Study

4 The Randwick City Economy: Baseline Analysis

4.1 Overview

Randwick City‟s economy is part of complex and diverse network of activities that extends well beyond the boundaries of the Randwick LGA. The City occupies the south eastern portion of the East Sydney subregion and is located between major metropolitan urban elements: the Sydney CBD, the Kingsford Smith Airport, and Port Botany. The City is host to two „specialised centres‟: the Health and Education Specialised Centre in the north, and the Port Botany and Environs Specialised Centre. These key structural elements of regional activity are illustrated in Figure 3 in the previous chapter.

Anzac Parade is a critical artery for activity in Randwick LGA, linking the key employment lands of the north and south, and providing residents around the LGA with a path for relatively efficient access to Sydney CBD. The area is serviced by bus networks.

The health and education specialised centre is a major hub in the north of the City. The precinct encompasses UNSW, the Randwick Hospitals Complex, the Randwick Racecourse and the town centres of Kensington, Kingsford, Randwick Junction and the Spot. The specialised nature of the major institutions in the centre ensures that it is export-oriented, with thousands of people coming from outside Randwick each day to attend the University and receive health care at the Hospitals. These visitors contribute further to the local economy, frequenting the town centres and the entertainment districts in the surrounding region.

The local economy is also supported by other visitors drawn to Randwick City‟s natural and open space assets: Centennial Park to the north; the coastline to the east and national parkland to the south of the LGA.

A more locally oriented economy emerges towards the centre of the LGA. Maroubra Junction, Matraville, East Lakes and Hillsdale (the latter two being in the Botany LGA) form an important clustering of centres that serve the needs of a more local population of the Randwick and Botany LGAs. The Maroubra Junction and Hillsdale centres also support significant residential populations.

The industrial areas in the south of the LGA are part of a second specialised centre that includes Port Botany and the adjoining industrial lands in both Randwick and Botany LGAs. This region is also export-oriented and plays an important role in the broader metropolitan economy. Employment in the region is less dense than the Health and Education Specialised Centre and is also more removed from dense residential settlements. As a result, it is less well serviced by public transport links. There is a good network of State roads linking the industrial lands to other parts of Sydney (including the CBD), which facilitates quite efficient transport of goods to and from the port. These industrial lands also provide a location for local light industry, with a particular concentration of panel beaters in the area.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 26

Randwick Economic Activity Study

4.2 Randwick City Jobs 4

In 2006, there were 35,609 people working in Randwick City – around 2% of the total employed in Sydney SD. This represents an increase of 1,398 jobs over the five years since 2001, or growth of 4% (compared to more moderate growth of around 3% for the broader Sydney region). Growth has slowed from the previous 5-year period; between 1996 and 2001, employment in Randwick City increased by close to 10% (compared to 8% for Sydney overall).

The industry composition of employment (relative to the broader East Subregion and Sydney SD) is shown in Figure 7 and the industry breakdown of growth in employment is show in Figure 8 (using ANZSIC industry categories as defined by the ABS). The geographical distribution of employment across Randwick LGA (based on the available data from 2001) is illustrated in Figure 6 (with maps showing the distribution for individual industries available in Appendix 5).

Geographically, employment in Randwick City is concentrated in the specialised centre around the Randwick Hospitals campus and UNSW. Indeed, the health and education industries employ the bulk of Randwick City‟s workforce – 22% and 20% respectively. Most of the jobs in the health & community services sector are within the main grounds of the Randwick Hospitals Complex, although there is a notable hub of healthcare professionals in the proximate town centres (and in some residential zones) proximate to the Hospitals campus and some jobs further out at Maroubra Junction and Little Bay. Similarly, jobs in „Education‟ are primarily located at UNSW, though there are many other educational institutions in the LGA, such as Randwick TAFE and various schools servicing the local population. Not surprisingly, the education and health & community service industries underpinned the solid growth in employment in Randwick City between 2001 and 2006; employment in these industries increased by 12% (765 jobs) and 10% (688 jobs) respectively.

Even excluding the health and education industries, employment is quite highly concentrated in the vicinity immediately surrounding UNSW and the Randwick Hospitals campus, around Randwick Junction, The Spot, Kensington and Kingsford. This partly reflects the complementary strength of the industries that support these key institutions, including property & business services, retail trade, accommodation, cafes & restaurants and personal & other services (9%, 9%, 7% and 5%of Randwick‟s jobs respectively). These particular industries also support the local resident population – which is relatively dense and affluent to the north of the LGA (see Appendices Section 1) – as well as tourists who visit the region. In combination, „leisure and consumption‟ sectors more broadly (retail trade, accommodation, cafes & restaurants, cultural & recreational services and personal & other services) account for close to a third of the jobs in Randwick City. In general, these jobs are concentrated in the corridor from Coogee to Randwick Racecourse (with horseracing included in the „cultural & recreational services‟ category).

There is another centre of high-density employment at Maroubra Junction. This employment node is supported by the proximate residential population and includes a relatively large number of jobs in retail trade, personal & other services and culture & recreation services. Maroubra Junction also

4 Data on employment in 2006 – at the LGA level and disaggregated by industry – were made available prior to the completion of this report. The headline figures discussed in this section of the report have therefore been updated to refer to this data. The analysis presented elsewhere in the report is based on earlier data from 2001.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 27

Randwick Economic Activity Study

houses a significant concentration of jobs in property and business services. While employment in property & business services across the LGA rose by a modest 1 percent between 2001 and 2006, this followed very strong growth of close to 50% in the previous 5-year period.

Figure 6. Employment density, Randwick, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 28

Randwick Economic Activity Study

The industrial area around Port Botany is another of Randwick City‟s key employment nodes. These lands support a significant number of transport and storage jobs, which overall, account for 6% of employment in Randwick LGA. There is also a concentration of jobs in the wholesale trade and manufacturing industries in the industrial area. Figure 7. Industry Shares, Randwick City and Benchmark Regions, 2006

25%

20%

15%

10% Share of totalemployment ofShare

5%

0% Health Agr. Prop'ty Acc. Pers & Govt. Cult & & Retl. Transp Wh'sale Fin. & Comm. For'try Educat. & Bus Cafes & Other Constr. Admin. Manuf. Recr. Utilities Mining Com'ty Trade & Stor Trade Ins. Serv. & Serv Rest. Serv & Def. Serv. Serv. Fishing Randwick 22.3% 19.5% 9.0% 8.5% 6.6% 5.6% 5.0% 4.8% 4.8% 4.6% 3.4% 2.4% 1.5% 0.6% 0.5% 0.1% 0.0% Subregion East 11.4% 9.7% 10.3% 12.3% 6.4% 19.2% 3.8% 4.3% 3.5% 7.1% 2.8% 4.4% 2.2% 1.1% 0.3% 0.1% 0.0% Sydney SD 9.7% 7.0% 14.1% 14.4% 5.0% 4.8% 3.6% 5.1% 3.7% 12.8% 2.7% 6.1% 6.1% 2.3% 0.7% 0.6% 0.3% Source: JTW 2001

Figure 8. Industry Change, Randwick City and Benchmark Regions, 2001 -2006 5

250

200

150

100 Percentagegrowth

50

0

-50 Health Agr. Prop'ty Acc. Pers & Govt. Cult & & Retl. Transp Wh'sale Fin. & Comm. For'try Educat. & Bus Cafes & Other Constr. Admin. Manuf. Recr. Utilities Mining Com'ty Trade & Stor Trade Ins. Serv. & Serv Rest. Serv & Def. Serv. Serv. Fishing Randwick 9.5 12.4 0.8 -15.1 3.5 -12.8 0.7 13.0 90.6 -3.4 -10.3 -15.6 3.0 -17.8 38.5 -32.8 200.0 Subregion East 7.6 11.4 -6.8 1.2 -10.3 -5.4 -2.4 3.1 30.9 -19.2 -6.5 4.4 -0.9 -19.2 -4.7 -32.4 47.6 Sydney SD 16.1 13.1 -2.8 1.6 -2.1 6.8 3.3 7.0 27.0 -10.0 -4.2 -0.6 7.8 -18.0 5.8 -21.4 36.0 Source: JTW 2001

5 The strong growth in jobs in the mining industry reflects a very low base; mining industry employment in Randwick City increased from 3 to 9 persons in the five years to 2006.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 29

Randwick Economic Activity Study

4.3 Employment Specialisations

While a discussion of the industry composition of employment is important in understanding which sectors are central to Randwick City‟s economy, an analysis of industry specialisations can also help to highlight the economy‟s specific areas of relative strength or comparative advantage. Location quotient analysis can be used to illuminate these specialisations. A location quotient is calculated by dividing the proportion of local jobs within a particular industry by the proportion of metropolitan jobs within that industry; if the proportion of jobs in a local industry is higher than the average, the industry will show a location quotient greater than 1, suggesting it is export-oriented, serving markets outside just the local area. Figure 9 shows that the location quotients for 1-digit ANZSIC industries in Randwick City, relative to Sydney SD. This analysis was completed prior to the release of 2006 employment data, and is therefore based on figures from 2001.

Figure 9. Industry Specialisations, Randwick City relative to Sydney SD, 2001

3.0

2.5

2.0 Locationquotient 1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0 Health Pers & Cult & Acc. Govt. Prop'ty Agr. & Transp Retl. Wh'sale Comm. Fin. & Educat. Other Recr. Cafes & Constr. Admin. & Bus Utilities Manuf. For'try & Mining Com'ty & Stor Trade Trade Serv. Ins. Serv Serv. Rest. & Def. Serv Fishing Serv. Randwick 2.7 2.3 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1

Source: JTW 2001

As one would expect, the education and health sectors are particular specialties of the Randwick City region, with location quotients of 2.7 and 2.3 respectively. The transport & storage industry also has a location quotient greater than 1 (though it is more moderate, at 1.3), reflecting the significance of port operations for the broader metropolitan economy.

Despite the high number of retail jobs within Randwick City, the retail trade industry is a not a particular specialty of the locale (probably partly due to significant expenditure in major retail centres located just outside the LGA, including Bondi Junction Westfield and Eastgardens Westfield). The other „leisure‟ and „consumption‟ sectors, however, have location quotients greater than 1 – Randwick City has a relative specialty in the provision of personal & other services, cultural & recreational services and accommodation, cafes & restaurants. This is consistent with the

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 30

Randwick Economic Activity Study

relative affluence of the residential population, though it also highlights the important role that tourism plays in the local economy (reflecting spending by people who come to visit Randwick Racecourse, the beaches and the restaurant precincts from elsewhere in the metropolitan area).

At a lower level of employment disaggregation, location quotient analysis can reveal the divergent specialisations of different regions within Randwick City. Table 3, Table 4 and Table 5 below show the 4-digit ANZSIC industries6 that have the highest employment location quotients within the health and education precinct, the industrial lands and in other areas of Randwick City respectively.

Table 3 highlights the industry specialisations for the travelzones that cover the UNSW and Randwick Hospitals campuses (where a total of 8,581 persons were employed in 2001).7 As expected, employment in the higher education industry is a particularly dominant specialty (although this employment category is relatively broad for a 4-digit level industry). Several health sector specialisations also stand out, including employment in hospitals (excl psychiatric hospitals), miscellaneous health services, pathology services, specialist medical services and ambulance services. Scientific research is also a specialty of the region, likely reflecting the mutually beneficial relationship between the hospitals and UNSW. Despite excluding the main grounds of Randwick Racecourse, horse racing is also listed as a key specialisation in this precinct (suggesting that some of these adjacent lands might be used by workers associated with the Racecourse), as are veterinary services.

Table 3. Employment Specialisations, Health & Education Precinct, 2001

Location Industry Employment Share Quotient 4-digit ANZSIC code (%) (relative to Sydney SD) 8431 Higher Education 3540 41.3 38.4 8611 Hospitals (Except Psychiatric Hospitals) 3236 37.7 14.4 9311 Horse and Dog Racing 59 0.7 8.0 8600 Health Services, undefined 167 1.9 4.2 8631 Pathology Services 52 0.6 3.3 7810 Scientific Research 77 0.9 3.3 8622 Specialist Medical Services 88 1.0 3.1 8633 Ambulance Services 20 0.2 2.7 8640 Veterinary Services 23 0.3 2.0 9629 Interest Groups, nec 18 0.2 1.6 Source: JTW 2001

The employment specialisations of the industrial area (where a total of 4,741 persons were employed in 2001) are highlighted in Table 4.8 As one would expect, port-related employment categories represent the most dominant specialties in the region; stevedoring, port operations, water transport terminals and freight forwarding (except roads) are all listed. The area also specialises in manufacturing electric cable and wires, plaster products and paper & paper-related products. There is also a concentration of employment in short distance bus transport, reflecting the State Transit bus depot situated on the port.

6 Where the level of employment is at 10 persons or more. 7 Travelzones TZ851 and TZ859. 8 Defined here by the travelzone boundary for TZ137.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 31

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table 4. Employment Specialisations, Industrial Area, 2001

Location Industry Employment Share Quotient 4-digit ANZSIC code (%) (relative to Sydney SD) 6621 Stevedoring 284 6.0 170.9 6623 Port Operators 63 1.3 79.9 2852 Electric Cable and Wire Manufacturing 301 6.3 75.8 6622 Water Transport Terminals 98 2.1 64.8 2632 Plaster Product Manufacturing 80 1.7 53.0 6643 Freight Forwarding (Except Road) 184 3.9 27.0 2330 Paper and Paper Product Manufacturing, undefined 61 1.3 26.2 6122 Short Distance Bus Transport (Including Tramway) 316 6.7 21.9 6649 Services to Transport, nec 25 0.5 19.0 4521 Petroleum Product Wholesaling 32 0.7 18.7 Source: JTW 2001

The residual employment lands (where a total of 20,902 persons were employed in 2001) are dominated by a number of key employers, as illuminated in Table 5. In particular, Randwick specialises in horse racing and gambling, activities prevalent at Randwick Racecourse. There is also a high share of employment in corrective services and sewerage and drainage services, reflecting Long Bay Correctional Complex and a sewerage treatment plant, both situated at Malabar. Short distance bus services show up as a specialty, likely reflecting the bus depot situated to the north of the Racecourse, and health services are also listed, highlighting to flow-on effects of the specialised centre. Similarly, the creative arts specialisation probably reflects synergies with NIDA (although NIDA itself is included within the health & education precinct in this analysis). Meanwhile, consistent with Randwick tourism‟s „Sports Coast‟ theme, employment in sports & services to sports also registers as a relative specialisation of the precinct.

Table 5. Employment Specialisations, Other Employment Lands in Randwick City, 2001

Location Industry Employment Share Quotient 4-digit ANZSIC code (%) (relative to Sydney SD) 9311 Horse and Dog Racing 304 1.5 16.9 9632 Corrective Services 470 2.2 15.8 3702 Sewerage and Drainage Services 25 0.1 7.2 6122 Short Distance Bus Transport (Including Tramway) 316 1.5 5.0 9329 Gambling Services, nec 129 0.6 3.7 8600 Health Services, undefined 298 1.4 3.1 8630 Other Health Services, undefined 18 0.1 3.0 9242 Creative Arts 83 0.4 2.9 8621 General Practice Medical Services 494 2.4 2.9 9319 Sports and Services to Sports, nec 196 0.9 2.8 Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 32

Randwick Economic Activity Study

4.4 Occupation Structure

Underpinned by the dominance of UNSW and the hospitals, Randwick‟s workforce contains a high proportion of professionals when compared to broader Sydney and NSW as a whole (refer to Figure 10). The share of managers & administrators employed in Randwick City larger mirrors the broader region, though there has been rapid growth in employment in these occupations in recent years (Figure 11). The local spending power and local investment of these workers will be significant, with flow-on benefits to local retailers and town centres.

Notwithstanding the presence of small industrial areas, the LGA has a relatively lower level of tradespersons, labourers and intermediate production & transport workers compared to Greater Sydney and NSW. Employment in these sectors fell between 1996 and 2001, along with lower and middle level white collar workers. This is evidence of employment in the City narrowing around a few key occupational categories.

Figure 10. Occupation Structure, Randwick City and Benchmark Regions, 2001

30

25

20

15

10 % of persons employed 5

0 Managers and Tradesperson Advanced Intermediate Intermediate Elementary Labourers and Associate Administrator Professionals s and Related Clerical and Clerical, Production Clerical, Related Professionals s Workers Service Sales and and Transport Sales and Workers Randwick LGA 8.8 27.2 13.1 8.7 4.8 17.2 4.8 8.9 4.6 Sydney SD 9.0 21.2 11.8 11.1 4.5 17.2 7.4 9.1 6.6 9.4 19.1 11.6 11.9 4.2 16.5 7.9 9.3 8.0 NSW Source: ABS 2001

Figure 11. Occupation Change, Randwick City and Benchmarks, 1996 -2001

30 25 20 15 10 5 0 -5

% Change (1996-2001) % Change -10 -15 -20 Managers Tradesperson Advanced Intermediate Intermediate Elementary Labourers Associate and Professionals s and Clerical and Clerical, Production Clerical, and Related Professionals Administrator Related Service Sales and and Sales and Workers Randwick LGA 25.9 16.8 9.9 -8.3 -16.6 -4.5 -11.1 1.0 -12.4 Sydney SD 16.3 16.8 14.3 0.1 -9.0 8.9 1.6 12.4 2.2 NSW 10.7 15.0 12.1 0.6 -7.7 9.4 -0.1 14.2 4.1

Source: ABS 1996 and 2001

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 33

Randwick Economic Activity Study

4.5 Origin of workers

Randwick LGA is relatively self-contained – particularly compared with other LGAs proximate to the CBD – with 44% of the people employed in Randwick City also living in the area (Figure 12). A significant number of workers also live in other proximate locales – Botany Bay (7.3%), Waverley (4.6%), South Sydney (now part of City of Sydney LGA) (4.4%), Rockdale (3.8%). Figure 13 illustrates the dominant LGAs of origin for people employed in Randwick City.

Figure 12. Employment Self-containment, LGAs in Greater Sydney, 2001

100

80

60 (%)

40

20 Share of employees in each LGA who are also residents of the LGA who are LGA ofalsotheresidentsemployees inLGA each ofShare 0

Source: JTW 2001

Home-based businesses contribute to the significant register of persons who both live and work in Randwick City. Indeed, there has been a notable increase in the number of home-based businesses in recent times; between 1996 and 2001, home-based employment in Randwick City increased by 30% (from 1,468 jobs to 1,911 jobs) while total employed increased by just 10%. This increase was largely driven by the property & business services sector (which dominates home-based business, as illustrated in Figure 14); roughly one-fifth of Randwick City‟s employees in property & business services work from home. Recently released data from the 2006 census suggests little change in home-based work between 2001 and 2006, consistent with a moderation in growth in property & business services jobs in Randwick City more generally.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 34

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 13. Origin of Workers in Randwick City, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

Figure 14. HBW by Industry, Randwick City and Benchmark Regions, 1996 -2001

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0 Cult & Health & Pers & Acc. Agr. Govt. Prop'ty & Retl. Wh'sale Fin. & Transp & Comm. Recr. Comm'ty Educ. Constr. Manuf. Other Cafes & For'try & Admin. & Utilities Mining Bus Serv Trade Trade Ins. Stor Serv. Serv. Services Serv Rest. Fishing Defence 1996 370 109 131 115 128 136 98 78 66 90 51 30 3 9 6 0 6 2001 586 174 156 143 141 139 135 120 86 84 49 46 13 12 9 3 0

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 35

Randwick Economic Activity Study

More generally, the regional origin of workers in Randwick City varies significantly between the different employment precincts. This is highlighted in Table 6.

Table 6. Origin of Workers in Randwick City Empl oyment Precincts, Share of workers, 2001

Destination Randwick Health & Remainder Industrial City Education (incl Town Area Total Precinct Centres) Origin Share of employees (%) Central Coast 0.5 0.5 1.0 0.5 North West 2.1 2.1 4.6 1.5 North 1.7 3.5 1.1 1.0 North East 1.2 2.1 1.1 0.9 Inner North 3.4 5.7 2.7 2.6 City of Sydney 4.8 6.0 2.9 4.8 East 58.1 51.2 34.0 66.6 Inner West 3.9 6.0 3.7 3.0 South 16.9 16.5 32.0 13.5 West Central 3.4 3.2 7.7 2.5 South West 2.2 1.4 6.1 1.6

Source: JTW 2001

– In the health and education precinct, half of the workforce resides in the East Subregion (which includes Randwick LGA). Indeed, a transport survey recently conducted by UNSW found that 9.5% of staff and 5.6% of students live in the area denoted by postcode 2031 (which covers Clovelly, Randwick and St Pauls), 6.6% live in Kingsford/Daceyville, and 4.1% reside in Maroubra.

– In the industrial area, smaller proportions (roughly a third) of workers come from the East Subregion, while a third come from the South Subregion.

– In the residual employment lands, which include Randwick‟s town centres, the workforce is more heavily dominated by persons who live in the East Subregion; they comprise around two- thirds of total employees.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 36

Randwick Economic Activity Study

4.6 Travelling to Work

In general, the type of transport used by people who work in Randwick LGA is similar to the mode adopted for workers in the broader Sydney region (Figure 15).9 Most workers travel to work by car (52.1% of workers as the driver, 5.5% as a passenger). The share of workers using public transport is slightly lower than for the Sydney SD region (14.4% in comparison to 19.1%), with travel by bus more common than to train travel. Close to 12% of workers take some „other‟ mode of transport to work – which includes walking or cycling; this is higher than the Sydney SD average, consistent with the large proportion of workers in Randwick also residing within the Randwick LGA.

Figure 15. Travel Mode – Workers in Randwick City, 2001

60

50

40

30

Percent of trips of Percent 20

10

0 Did not go to Train Bus Car driver Car passenger Other work Randwick City 5.5 8.9 52.1 5.5 11.7 16.4 Sydney SD 13.7 5.4 52.7 5.6 8.0 14.6

Source: JTW 2001

The transport mode used by workers varies across the LGA, consistent with regions‟ varied accessibility by different means of transport (illustrated in Appendix 5).

Train travel is most common for workers in the north of the LGA, for whom Bondi Junction railway station is relatively proximate. The incidence of travel by bus is relatively common in the region around Maroubra Junction which is well serviced by bus routes. Meanwhile, consistent with more readily available parking, there is a higher incidence of a driving in the southern parts of the LGA.

Persons working at UNSW are more likely to walk or cycle to work than persons in most other areas of Randwick City. Nonetheless, travel by car is still dominates the transport mode distribution. Indeed, a recent transport survey conducted by UNSW found this to be the case for both staff and students, notwithstanding limited parking on campus. Travel by alternative methods – train and one or more buses, one or more buses or walking only – was somewhat more common for students than staff, consistent with the negative incentive associated with finding on-street parking for students (the majority of staff park their cars on campus).

9 Note that this analysis only includes people travelling to work and therefore excludes students.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 37

Randwick Economic Activity Study

4.7 Implications for Randwick City

The Randwick City economy encompasses three key systems of employment activity (illustrated in Figure 16): 1. The health & education precinct, incorporating the UNSW and Randwick Hospitals campuses, as well as the surrounding town centres (Randwick Junction, The Spot, Kingsford and Kensington) and Randwick Racecourse; 2. Other town centres in the LGA: a. Maroubra Junction, which is strengthened as a hub by its links to Botany Bay LGA to the west. b. Coastal centres, which are frequented by both local residents and visitors to Randwick City and tend to specialise in the consumption and leisure industries; and c. Neighbourhood centres, which service the convenience needs of the local resident population. 3. The Port Botany industrial area, incorporating part of the port itself and the surrounding industrial lands; and

In the remaining parts of the LGA, there are several significant employers, including a number of schools, Long Bay Correctional Facility, the Malabar headland sewerage treatment plant and a bus depot. These tend to be located in special use employment zones and are generally somewhat isolated.

The health & education precinct is central to Randwick City‟s economy. The bulk of employment activity in Randwick LGA is concentrated in the education and health industries, which are key specialisations of the local economy relative to the broader Sydney region. Indeed, the close proximity of UNSW and the Randwick Hospitals campus has facilitated strong links between these two complementary industries, generating something of a hub for medical research activity.

The particularly dense employment activity at UNSW and the hospitals, both of which are largely staffed by relatively well-paid professionals, in turn helps to support the vibrant town centres located in the same region; Randwick Junction, The Spot, Kingsford and Kensington. The institutions also attract a large number of visitors – students and people seeking healthcare – who use the centres, along with the relatively affluent local resident population.

While the different facets of this specialised centre function quite well individually at present, there is opportunity for policy makers to help strengthen the precinct as a whole, particularly in facilitating stronger relationships between the various economic actors. Transport considerations will also be paramount to the growth potential in the precinct. Presently, more than half of employees at UNSW and the hospitals travel to work from beyond the East Subregion, with most persons favouring private vehicle transport, notwithstanding the fact that the institutions are relatively well serviced by public buses. Substantial growth in employment will likely require a higher level mass-transit system (such as light rail or metro rail).

The industrial area around Port Botany is another key employment node in Randwick LGA, although in terms of flow-on benefits for the rest of the local economy, it is somewhat more self-contained than the Health & Education Specialised Centre. Nonetheless, the industrial lands support a large

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 38

Randwick Economic Activity Study

share of the jobs in Randwick City. Employment in the precinct is primarily in port-related industries (such as transport & storage), local light industry (such as manufacturing) and in urban services (there is a recycling depot and a bus depot on the industrial land, for example). A significant share of the industrial land workers reside outside the East Subregion (in particular, from the South Subregion). However, the industrial lands are not very well serviced by public transport; a particularly large bulk of persons travel to work by private car. Better public transport access (especially to the south) could help to support the precinct in future, particularly with employment expected to intensify as the office component of industrial land uses increases.

Elsewhere in the LGA, a hierarchy of retail centres provides goods and services for the local resident population and tourists. Maroubra Junction is the largest of these remaining centres, and has grown rapidly along with the proximate population in recent years. Matraville is the most significant centre lying to the west of Anzac Parade. The other smaller centres in the LGA can be broadly classified into two groups; neighbourhood centres, which are primarily convenience stops for residents, and coastal centres, which are also frequented by significant numbers of tourists. Coogee Beach is the largest of the coastal centres, and its fortunes again are quite closely tied to the health & education precinct, with students commonly frequenting the precinct.

The specific role each individual town centre plays – or could play in future – should be carefully considered by policy-makers. Some centres make a strong direct contribution to the economy, either as employment hubs (or as nodes in systems of employment activity) or in supporting the tourist economy; their vitality should obviously be highly valued. Other smaller centres are particularly significant in enhancing local amenity, which is critical for attracting a high quality workforce to the local area.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 39

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 16. Randwick City and the East Subregion: Economic Precincts

Source: SGS; Subregional Strategy

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 40

Randwick Economic Activity Study

5 Key Areas of Economic Activity

5.1 Health and Education Precinct

5.1.1 University of NSW

The University of NSW was established in 1949, with the main campus covering 38 hectares at Kensington, 6 kilometres from Sydney CBD. As outlined in Table 7, each year the University enrols close to 40,000 students, including more than 7,000 international students (from over 130 different countries). In addition, the University employs more than 5,000 staff.

Table 7. University of NSW: Facts in Brief

Students (2006 enrolments) 37,836

International Students (2006 enrolments) 7,411

Staff (2006 head count) 5,280

Degrees and diplomas awarded (2005) 9,832

Total degrees and diplomas awarded since year of foundation 204,167

Alumni 182,401

Faculties 9

University College (ADFA) 1

Schools 75

Centres 69

Institutes 6

Principal teaching hospitals 4

Residential colleges 8

Undergraduate programs available 606

Postgraduate programs available 327

Kensington site: area (ha) 38

Permanent buildings 85

Field stations 5

Items in University Library 2.7 million Source: UNSW website

The main UNSW campus incorporates more than 140 buildings (of various ages and condition) with a gross floor area of more than 400,000m2. The campus is divided physically by Anzac Parade into the main campus (east) and the western campus and building 223 Anzac Parade (west). Most buildings on the main campus are used by faculties for traditional learning and research purposes (see Figure 17), with buildings used for medical science-related work situated at the eastern end of the campus, closest to Randwick Hospitals. There are also several buildings with residential uses (student colleges) and a number of buildings that provide support services for staff and students, such as sporting and entertainment facilities.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 41

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 17. Overview – UNSW Kensington Campus

Source: SGS

The Kensington campus is home to each of the Faculties except COFA and UNSW@ADFA, has support facilities such as the main library, parking stations, retail outlets, the Lifestyle Clinic and student accommodation in the form of seven residential colleges and a group of apartments. The western campus is home to the National Institute of Dramatic Art (NIDA), which is independently managed on a separate land title under a long-term lease, as well as the UNSW Regiment, also on a separate title under a long-term lease.

Appendices Section 1 provides more supply-side detail on the main buildings that characterise the Kensington campus of UNSW.

The University has also acquired some land nearby but external to the main campus over the years, with a cluster of lots owned in the block between High Street and Alison Road to the north of the University campus and east of the Racecourse and another cluster in the residential area between the University and Hospital grounds (see Figure 18).

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 42

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 18. Land Ownership Detail, Education and Health Centre Specialised

Source: Randwick City Council, 2007

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc 43 Randwick Economic Activity Study

UNSW has several other assets in Randwick LGA. These include: – The Randwick Campus – located next to Randwick TAFE, one kilometre north of Kensington campus, this site has an area of 2.3 ha, 18 buildings and a gross floor of 16,000m2. The campus is home to the Institute of languages, several research centres and the UNSW Press warehouse. – Cliffbrook – located in Coogee, 2.5 kilometres east of the Kensington Campus, the site has an area of 1.2 ha with four buildings and a gross floor area of 2,500m2. This campus is home to UNSW press and some units of the Faculty of Medicine. (The University also owns a residential premise next door.) – Residential properties in the Kensington environs are continually being purchased by the University as part of their strategic acquisitions for potential future inclusion into the campus. – UNSW has a 17 ha facility in Little Bay, 8 kilometres south of Kensington Campus. The site houses animal breeding facilities, the National Solar Architecture Research Unit, sports fields, amenity buildings and a caretaker‟s cottage (though it has been sold for redevelopment in the near future). – The University‟s first off-campus housing project – the Mulwarree Apartments – are located opposite the Randwick Campus on a freehold site of 898m2. – Off-campus student houses includes a new 225 bed facility on Anzac Parade, Kensington, approximately 500m north of the Campus, as well as a number of leased properties in the Coogee area for Study Abroad Students (all held by NewSouth Global). UNSW also holds several assets in the adjacent Botany LGA and at several other sites throughout Sydney.

UNSW Campus Master Plan 2020

Completed in 2005, UNSW Campus 2020 master plan provides a comprehensive review of the existing campus facility, character and „experience‟ and establishes a clear urban design framework for future development of both built form and the public domain on the campus. The key design features of the master plan include: a commitment to sustainability reinforcement of the sense of place a safe and legible network of paths, shared ways and campus streets identification of lively Hubs to become key destinations and activity centres encouragement of the formation of Knowledge Clusters identification of new open spaces and related building opportunities improvement of the landscape quality of the campus definition of key building alignments/setbacks and heights to establish expansion of housing on campus preferred locations for retail and other services such as child care to support the social life of the campus encouragement of the of recreation and cultural facilities and events a re-evaluation of transport and parking that will over time reduce parking in favour of public transport and encourage walking and cycling, and identification of key architectural design elements.

The key recommendations of the master plan include: identifications of key public buildings and locations for activity „hubs‟

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 67 Randwick Economic Activity Study

locations of key pedestrian connections locations of important open spaces and descriptions of desirable landscape treatments locations and heights of new buildings locations most suited to residential development preferred locations for retail and child care facility, and options for location of additional car parking spaces (subject to future development requirements).

The total quantum of additional floorspace provided under the master plan is not clear. There is however a target of providing 3,000 additional residential beds on the campus.

Affiliations with Medical Research & Teaching Institutions

UNSW is affiliated with a number of premier medical research institutes, including the Children‟s Cancer Institute and the Prince of Wales Medical Research Institute at Randwick Hospitals, as well as the Garvan Institute of Medical Research, and the Victor Chang Cardiac Research Institute. UNSW also has numerous ties with teaching hospitals across Sydney: – The Prince of Wales Clinical School – located within the Prince of Wales Hospital at Randwick. – The School of Women‟s & Children‟s Health – located at the Royal Hospital for Women, this is the University‟s principal teaching hospital in obstetrics and gynaecology and the Sydney Children‟s Hospital for paediatrics, both located at Randwick. – St Vincent‟s Clinical School – located at St Vincent‟s Hospital in Darlinghurst, this is a principal teaching hospital for UNSW. – St George Clinical School – located at the St George Hospital, Kogarah, this is a principal UNSW teaching hospital and has an active research program. – The South Western Sydney Clinical School – located at Liverpool Hospital, this is a principal hospital for the South Western Sydney Area Health Service. Teaching and research programs are also located at Bankstown-Lidcombe, Campbelltown and Fairfield Hospitals. – The School of Rural Health – provides medical education and research to improve medical care for people in rural and remote NSW. Teaching and research facilities are located at public and private hospitals at Albury-Wodonga, Coffs Harbour, Port Macquarie and Wagga Wagga.

5.1.2 Randwick Hospitals

The Randwick Hospitals campus covers an area of around 13 hectares and houses a number of different institutions, with the Prince of Wales public hospital at the heart of the site. Prince of Wales Hospital is one of 13 principal referral hospitals for adults in NSW. It has a capacity of 440 beds, is usually over 90% full, particularly as the campus caters for longer-term patients, such as those in rehabilitation and at the spinal unit.

Each year the Hospital admits 30,000 acute patients, has 40,000 patients treated in emergency and treats 900,000 non-admitted patients attended to through Community Health, outpatients and rural outreach services. Approximately 2,000 staff work at the hospital daily.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 45

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Several performance indicators can be used to measure the demand of a facility such as a hospital. The main indicators of demand include measures such as separations10, the number of inpatients, the number of bed days and expenses generated. Table 8 shows a summary of information for Prince of Wales Hospital, Royal Hospital for Women and Sydney Children‟s Hospital.

Table 8. Key Indicators for POW Campus

Indicator POW Hospital Royal Hospital for Women Sydney Children’s Hospital Separations 39,927 13,715 14,184 Daily average of 505.8 140.5 123.0 inpatients Acute bed days 139,373 29,290 38,164 Overnight acute bed days 160,028 51,507 44,828 Non-admitted patient 875,144 87,810 44,828 services Emergency Department 40,677 31,688 attendances Expenses (accrual basis 357,205 62,089 119,547 $000) All beds – June 2006 543 184 136 Occupancy all beds % 99 76 100 Source: SESIAH Annual Report 2005/06

The Prince of Wales Hospital is also a principal teaching hospital for the University of NSW, and is a teaching facility for University of Sydney post-graduate students as well. As a result, a number of staff on the campus have shared appointments at the Hospital and University of NSW. This is either the result of teaching at the University and undertaking clinical practice at the Hospital or via research at institutions on site (resulting from a Memorandum of Understanding).

Prince of Wales Hospital also has strong links to other hospitals, some of which are considerably close to the campus itself. This allows for higher than average movement of staff and patients across hospitals, especially to St Vincent‟s, Sydney City Eye Hospital and Waverley War Memorial Hospital. This is particularly so for senior staff, who may be on shared rosters between the hospitals. This ease in mobility has also produced a unique situation in Sydney‟s East, as these hospitals are now working together as a cluster of specialised centres rather than individual sites.

The Randwick Hospitals campus is a diverse and complex arena, with 20 different employers operating on the site. At present, there is no Masterplan for the campus.

There are three public hospitals on the Randwick site: the Prince of Wales Hospital (POW), Royal Hospital for Women (the only women‟s hospital in NSW) and Sydney Children‟s Hospital. There are

10 The total number of episodes of care for admitted patients, which can be total hospital stays (from admission to discharge, transfer or death), or portions of hospital stays beginning or ending in a change of type of care (for example, from acute to rehabilitation) that cease during a reference period. Source: Federal Department of Health & Aging website

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 46

Randwick Economic Activity Study

also two private facilities, Prince of Wales Private Hospital and the Eastern Heart Clinic (a facility for day procedures).

The Randwick Hospitals campus also houses several research institutions, including: – Prince of Wales Medical Research Institute – Childhood Cancer Institute Australia (second only to Garvin Institute in size) – Black Dog Research Institute – National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre.

In addition, there are a number of small retailers (some of which are staffed by volunteers with profit returned to the hospitals) servicing needs of patients and staff: Foundation Gift Shop, Janina Florist, Star Cafe, the Hospital Cafeteria and a pharmacy. Other support services include a Home Equipment Lending Pool (HELP) Centre, which provides approved equipment to patients of the Children's Hospital and the Sydney Children's Hospital School (staffed by NSW Department of Education & Training). A 2,000 space car park (provided by Metro Parking) also operates on the site.

A large network of private general practitioners also exists in the immediate area surrounding the Campus. There is a cluster of GPs in High Street and Hay Street, as well as a smaller number of practitioners being located in The Spot.

Accessibility to the Prince of Wales Campus is quite good with no obvious impediments present. The hospital has access to good public transport, particularly from Randwick Junction. More directly, the high-frequency 400 bus route, which represents a Strategic Bus Corridor route, immediately services the Hospital.

The site-specific detail of the Randwick Hospitals campus is presented in Appendices Section 1.

5.1.3 Randwick Racecourse

Randwick Racecourse covers an area of approximately 80ha north of the UNSW campus up to Centennial Park. The racecourse itself occupies a large portion of the grounds (circling the centre of the property), with administrative buildings and pavilions situated on the north-west corner and stables and other buildings spread over the south-west and south-east corners of the grounds.

Randwick Racecourse DCP

The Randwick Racecourse DCP outlines five strategies that are thought critical to the longer term success of the Australian Jockey Club‟s activities at the Randwick Racecourse. These strategies include: broadening the financial base and profitability to ensure financial stability increase club membership and corporate activities improving accessibility, including resolving pedestrian/vehicle conflicts and improving the arrival experience improving the public experience of the racecourse generally, and continuing to support training activities on the site and improving training facilities.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 47

Randwick Economic Activity Study

The DCP focuses on: analysis of the existing character of the racecourse including heritage and archaeological significance, views and landscape broad guidelines for built form outside of the main spectator precinct proposed changes to access, circulation and parking arrangements, and principles and performance criteria for the revitalisation of the spectator precinct.

It is understood from discussions with the Australian Jockey Club that the DCP outlines only some of the potential redevelopment sites on the Racecourse and that a more extensive and detailed master plan is currently being prepared for other precincts.

5.1.4 Links with Surrounding Retail Centres

Whilst somewhat outdated, an informative survey was completed by UNSW in 1993 to analyse the economic benefits generated by the Kensington campus. The estimates were based on spending surveys of students, staff, visitors, administrative units of the University and businesses located in and around the UNSW campus, with the results presented in a paper entitled „Profitable Neighbours: The Economic Impact of the University of New South Wales on the Randwick Municipality‟.

In 1993, the University had an annual budget of over $300 million, which was mainly spent on staff salaries and purchases in the local area. The 25,000+ students enrolled at the time, and visitors to the area, also contributed significantly to the local economy.

A total of $26,731,825 million was spent on campus in 1993; students spent approximately $22,134,138, university staff spent around $2,594,645 and non-university staff and visitors made up the remainder. Elsewhere in Randwick City – off campus – UNSW students and staff spent an even more significant amount, $35,338,657 and $26,443,911 respectively. In aggregate, the UNSW report suggests that the Kensington campus created a spending injection of $120,314,264 into Randwick‟s local economy in 1993.

Table 9 illustrates the findings of the UNSW report on a per person basis, i.e. average annual expenditure per person based on their status as a student or staff member, and whether or not they reside in Randwick City. Projections of these spending figures are also estimated to account for trends in consumer price inflation between 1993 and 2006. Combined with estimated growth in student and staff numbers over the same period (based on information from the UNSW website), the estimates suggest a total injection of spending in the order of $150 million in 2006.

Income generated by UNSW patrons‟ expenditure in the town centres could generate further expenditure in the local area via a multiplier effect. The UNSW report estimates that around 80% of local businesses‟ employees lived within Randwick City. In addition, a survey of staff working at UNSW affiliated hospitals – including the Prince of Wales Hospital and the now closed Prince Henry Hospital – indicated that hospital staff received around $139 million in income in 1993 and spent around $63 million within the LGA (which given inflationary trends would translate to roughly $87 million in 2006).

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 48

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table 9. Annual Expenditure per Person, 1993 and 2006 (estimates)

Expenditure On Campus (per person) Residency in Randwick City Resident Non-resident Resident Non-resident 1993 2006 estimates Full-time $944 $1,082 $1,301 $1,492 Students Part-time $683 $587 $942 $809 Full-time teaching $919 $727 $1,267 $1,002 Full-time non-teaching $647 $670 $892 $924 Staff Casual $427 $415 $589 $572 Visitors $538 $308 $742 $425

Expenditure in Randwick City Off-campus (per person) Residency in Randwick City Resident Non-resident Resident Non-resident 1993 2006 estimates Full-time $1,505 $320 $2,075 $441 Students Part-time $1,630 $530 $2,247 $731 Full-time teaching $15,952 $1,141 $21,990 $1,573 Full-time non-teaching $13,553 $1,623 $18,683 $2,237 Staff Casual $16,751 $1,667 $23,091 $2,298 Visitors $13,488 $1,476 $18,593 $2,035 Source: UNSW, SGS

5.1.5 Access

UNSW is well-serviced by State Transit buses linking the Kensington campus to the CBD and elsewhere. UNSW also runs its own security shuttle-bus between 6pm and 11pm on weeknights; the route travelled by the shuttle-bus is illustrated in Figure 19. Still, future growth in student and/or resident numbers at the university should to be linked with commensurate improvements in the capacity of public transport access.

In general, efficient functioning of the Health and Education Specialised Centre will require reductions in the modal share of private vehicle usage to reduce the potential for traffic congestion and demand for dedicated car parking structures. The most effective means for achieving higher rates of public transport usages would be to better connect the University and Hospitals precinct to the existing heavy rail network via a higher capacity service with a dedicated route, such as a metro rail (underground) or light rail (overground) system. The combined potential growth of the University and Hospital are a compelling case for major investment from all levels of government to ensure continued growth and efficient function of these major economic assets.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 49

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 19. UNSW Shuttle-bus Route

Source: UNSW

5.1.6 Future Economic Activity

The Draft East Subregional Strategy includes an employment target of 12,100 jobs in the Health & Education Specialised Centre by 2031, up from 9,800 in 2031 (an increase of 2,300 jobs). SGS employment modelling, which is partly based on past trends (detailed further in Appendices Section 1), suggests a slightly stronger increase, of around 2,900 jobs, with growth in the health & community services sector slightly outpacing growth in education.

The changing nature of service provision in both the health and education sectors suggests that the intensity of floorspace use is likely to change significantly over the coming decades.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 50

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Indeed, consultation with Randwick Hospitals indicated that the way in which health care is delivered has changed significantly in recent years, and will change further in future. In part, this is due to evolving technology, while it also partly reflects the changing nature of disease. Patients visiting hospital are generally more ill and need more space (per bed) than used to be the case. There is also more flow through, with more efficient patient treatment and recovery. A gradual shift to 23-hour care and a move towards moving healthcare out of the acute setting and into the community is also predicted to mitigate any increase in demand for floorspace.

Similarly, evolving practice is likely to affect the amount of land required per employee in an education setting. Technology has the potential to create opportunities for more long-distance learning and research, though the extent of any movement in this direction is likely to be restricted by the high value attributed to on-campus experience. In addition, the trend towards year-round study – with summer sessions or trimesters – is also likely to affect the employee-floorspace ratio common to university campuses.

Given these developments it is inappropriate to strictly apply current standard employment- floorspace ratios to project demand for floorspace from the employment targets. Nonetheless, the projected increase in employment in the health and education industries will no doubt be associated with some growth in floorspace requirements. Indeed, the subregional strategy targets imply around a 20% increase in health & education jobs, suggesting solid growth in demand for floorspace (at current patterns of land use, this would be in the order of 100,000 sqm for UNSW education jobs and 40,000 sqm for the Hospitals‟ health & community services jobs11).

Detailed planning by the key institutions in the centre should help to provide concrete estimates of future floorspace requirements and the extent to which these could be mitigated by changing practices.

11 Based on a comparison of current employment and rough floorspace estimates for the respective sites: estimates suggest around 3,500 education jobs and 450,000 sqm of associated floorspace at UNSW and 3,800 health & community services jobs associated with 150,000 sqm of floorspace at the Hospitals campus.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 51

Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.2 Town Centres

5.2.1 Expenditure Distribution

Retail modelling (detailed further in Appendix 2) allows us to estimate the distribution of total retail expenditure in the East Subregion, as illustrated in Figure 20. The greatest concentrations of retail expenditure occur in the Waverley and Botany Bay Local Government Areas. This represents the major shopping centres of Bondi Junction and Eastgardens. Within Randwick LGA, the greatest concentrations of retail expenditure are in Randwick and Maroubra and to a lesser extent Coogee, consistent with the distribution of employment in retail-related industries.

The distribution of expenditure can also be considered by commodity group: – Supermarkets: Supermarket expenditure is concentrated in the travel zones which contain the Westfield complexes at Bondi Junction and Eastgardens, both located outside of Randwick LGA. Within the LGA, Royal Randwick Shopping Centre and Randwick Plaza Shopping Centre which contain Coles and Food for Less supermarkets generate the greatest proportion of supermarket expenditure. Maroubra also captures a high amount of expenditure. – Other Food: The „other food‟ commodity group includes businesses such as fruit markets, butchers, fishmongers and other specialist food stores. Generally speaking, expenditure on these items are distributed across the subregion, however there are a number of notable concentrations. Again, the large centres of Bondi Junction and Eastgardens Westfield capture significant expenditure, though Randwick Junction, Coogee and Maroubra also experience high turnover in this commodity group. – Department Stores: Department store expenditure is almost wholly located in the travel zones which incorporate Bondi Junction Westfield and Westfield Eastgardens. – Other Retail: Other Retail includes antique and other used goods retailing, garden supplies and maintenance, florists and pharmacies and beauty product retailing. As with Other Food retailing, expenditure is quite dispersed, however in addition to the centres outside of Randwick LGA, Maroubra and Randwick Racecourse attract considerable expenditure. – Household Goods: The household goods commodity group incorporates furniture and floor covering retailing, domestic hardware and houseware retailing and domestic appliance and recorded music retailing. The greatest retail turnover is captured by the Moore Park Supa-Centre located just outside of the Randwick LGA boundary. Kensington also attracts higher expenditure than surrounding areas, reflecting the business operations of Peter‟s of Kensington. – Clothing and Soft Goods: Expenditure on clothing and soft goods is also concentrated in the Westfield centres at Bondi Junction and Eastgardens, and out at Moore Park. Within the Randwick LGA, there is relatively high turnover at Randwick Junction and moderate turnover at Maroubra Junction. – Hospitality and Services: Hospitality and Services, incorporating establishments such as pubs, bars, cafes, restaurants and hair & beauty salons play an important role in the Eastern Suburbs and Randwick LGA local economies. This type of expenditure is concentrated in the area from Coogee Beach up to Randwick Junction and at Maroubra Junction.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 52

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 20. Distribution of Total Retail Expenditure in the East Subregion

Source: SGS Retail Model

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 53

Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.2.2 Catchment Areas

The SGS retail model allows us to map the origin of retail expenditure in different travels zones in Randwick LGA. As shown in Figure 21 and Figure 22, Maroubra Junction has a greater geographical catchment for total retail expenditure than Randwick Junction (possibly reflecting the dense array of alternative retail offers around the northern part of Randwick LGA). Maroubra Junction captures retail expenditure from residents in Botany Bay LGA as well as from the area immediately surrounding the centre. In contrast, Randwick business zone predominantly services the north of the LGA and coast line immediately to the east. On a commodity basis, the model suggests that spending in supermarkets and on hospitality and services in Randwick Junction originates from farther afield (including Bronte, Waverley, Clovelly, Coogee, Maroubra, Kingsford and Kensington).

The other larger centres (Kensington, Kingsford and Coogee) are relatively self-contained, with retail expenditure in the majority of commodity groups originating in local area.

Kensington‟s retail offer is primarily located along Anzac Parade and includes Peter‟s of Kensington, clothing stores, takeaway stores, restaurants, newsagencies and medical services. Kensington has quite a localised catchment area, with the majority of retail expenditure sourced from within Kensington and Kensington North. Due to the location of Peter‟s of Kensington however, expenditure in the „other retail‟ and „households goods‟ commodity groups come from a far wider area.

Kingsford retail centre attracts a slightly greater amount of retail spending than Kensington and incorporates a variety of establishments, including takeaway stores, restaurants, fresh food shops, real estate agents, news agencies and pubs. Although retail expenditure predominantly comes from people who live in the local area, the catchment, particularly for restaurants and cafes is quite wide. Food retailers (including supermarkets) and household goods stores also attract customers from throughout the eastern suburbs.

The Coogee business centre is dominated by expenditure in restaurants, cafes and pubs and attracts customers from throughout the subregion and beyond. Of all commodity groups, hospitality and services captures 50-60% of total expenditure. In contrast, all other commodity groups have very localised markets with the majority of expenditure sourced from Coogee, Clovelly, Maroubra and Randwick.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 54

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 21. Origin of Retail Expenditure, Randwick Junction

Source: SGS Retail Model

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 55

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 22. Origin of Retail Expenditure, Maroubra Junction

Source: SGS Retail Model

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 56

Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.2.3 Supply-side detail

As detailed in Appendix 2, the hierarchy of centres – delineated in the Draft East Subregional Strategy – and the associated business zonings were audited as part of this study.

Across Randwick LGA, the audit covered approximately 315,000 square metres of floorspace currently being used for employment activities in the town centres. Figure 23 shows the cumulative floorspace of the activities present in the various centres. Accommodation, cafes and restaurants and retail trade businesses occupy the most floorspace. The town centres also have a large proportion of floorspace for housing health & community services activities. Consistent with the high share of employment in „leisure industries‟ in Randwick City, there is also a significant floorspace occupied by personal & other services and cultural & recreational services. While there is some floorspace utilised for property & business services, the amount is quite small relative to employment in this activity area, consistent with the large share of home based businesses in this industry.

Figure 23. Floorspace by Activity Area, Randwick City, 2007

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

) 2

40,000 Floorspace(m

20,000

0 Hlth & Pers & Prop & Com- Acm caf Ret Cult & Fin & Whl Tran & Ag, for comm other bus unic Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest trade rec serv insur trade stor & fish serv serv serv serv Floorspace 101,105 93,922 41,162 38,408 27,177 18,072 12,171 5,195 1,941 1,900 1,559 831 165 101 0 0 0

Source: SGS land audit

Main centres

Floorspace by centre is presented in Figure 24 for the twelve main retail centres in Randwick City. The audit-based estimates suggest that Randwick Junction currently has the highest total floorspace, followed by Maroubra Junction. However, there was a substantial amount of construction underway in Maroubra Junction when the audit of Randwick City‟s employment lands was undertaken; indeed, incorporating an estimate of non-residential floorspace at the recently

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 57

Randwick Economic Activity Study

completed Pacific Square (roughly 11,000 sqm) lifts the total floorspace at Maroubra Junction significantly. Moreover, given Maroubra Junction‟s potential for further expansion (in contrast to the heritage and other constraints prevalent at Randwick Junction), it is likely to become the largest business area in Randwick City in the near future.

In general the estimated hierarchy of floorspace provision corresponds with the Metro strategy retail hierarchy for the Randwick City centres. The two „town‟ centres – Randwick and Maroubra Junctions – have the highest quantity of floorspace, while the three „village‟ centres – Coogee Beach, Kingsford and Kensington12 – follow. The „small village‟ centres – also shown in Figure 24 – have less employment floorspace, with „neighbourhood‟ centres smaller still.

Figure 24. Floorspace by Centre, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

90,000

80,000

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000 Area Area (m2)

30,000

20,000

10,000

0 French- Randwick Maroubra Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction Junction Beach ton* Beach bra South Road Pacific Square (approx) 11,000 Employment Floorspace 77,995 54,917 50,309 38,002 24,280 22,829 12,423 12,809 9,358 5,716 3,859 3,054

* See Footnote 12 regarding coverage for Kensington centre Source: SGS land audit

12 Note that the audit of Kensington only covers the business zoned areas on the main strip between Todman Avenue and Carlton Street. Floorspace figures therefore fall short of estimates that include the zone between Darling Street and Doncaster Avenue or business potential on residentially zoned land.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 58

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 25 shows estimates of vacant floorspace, in terms of square metres and as a percentage of total employment floorspace in each centre. Note that these estimates include floorspace that is „vacant‟ because building construction is still underway. Indeed, the figure indicates that Maroubra Junction has the largest measure of vacant floorspace, but this partly reflects new capacity that was under construction during the period when the audit was conducted (and therefore is likely to represent viable capacity). There is a particularly significant share of vacant floorspace in Matraville, which is consistent with consultation suggesting viability has become quite an issue for shop owners in the precinct. Maroubra South (which includes the strip of shops along Lexington Place) also has a high incidence of vacancies. In contrast, occupancy rates are very high in The Spot, Clovelly, Coogee and Frenchman‟s Road.

Figure 25. Vacant Floorspace by Centre, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

9,000 18.0%

8,000 16.0%

7,000 14.0%

6,000 12.0%

5,000 10.0%

4,000 8.0%

3,000 6.0% VacantFloorspace

2,000 4.0%

1,000 2.0%

0 0.0% Maroubra French- Randwick Junction Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction (excl Pac. Beach ton* Beach bra South Road Sq.) Floorspace (sqm) 2,837 8,561 1,306 5,055 3,401 0 2,232 2,364 412 951 0 280 Share (%) 3.5% 11.5% 2.5% 11.7% 12.3% 0.0% 15.2% 15.6% 4.2% 14.3% 0.0% 8.4%

* See Footnote 12 regarding coverage for Kensington centre Source: SGS land audit

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 59

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 26 shows the (audited) land area of the twelve main centres in Randwick City (with centres ordered from left to right from the highest to the lowest business floorspace). Despite having less employment floorspace than Randwick Junction at present, Maroubra Junction had the largest audited land area, at around 13 hectares. Kingsford, Randwick Junction, Maroubra Beach, Coogee Beach and Matraville each cover closer to 6 hectares of land. Kensington centre covers an area of approximately 3 hectares and the remaining „small village‟ centres cover less than 2 hectares each.

Figure 26. Audited Land Area, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

140,000

120,000

100,000

80,000

) 2

Area (m Area 60,000

40,000

20,000

0 French- Randwick Maroubra Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction Junction Beach ton* Beach bra South Road Land area 61,557 132,706 54,611 69,965 30,568 20,117 16,934 48,251 16,919 12,333 10,036 3,812

* See Footnote 12 regarding coverage for Kensington centre Source: SGS land audit

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 60

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Average employment land floorspace ratios – the amount of floorspace used currently used for business purposes relative to the amount of land (i.e. excluding vacancies and residential floorspace) – are shown in Figure 27. The older, more established town centres tend to have the highest ratio of business floorspace to land area (business FSR). Both Randwick Junction and The Spot have business FSRs greater than unity, reflecting a combination of dense building structures and a high utilisation of second-story floorspace for employment purposes. In contrast, Maroubra Junction has a relatively low average business FSR, though this partly reflects lots where construction was underway when the audit was undertaken. Matraville centre has a particularly low business FSR, reflecting fairly sparse activity and a number of vacancies.

Figure 27. Average Existing Employment Land Floorspace Ratios, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8 FSR

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0 French- Randwick Maroubra Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction Junction Beach ton* Beach bra South Road Average Employment FSR 1.3 0.4 0.9 0.5 0.8 1.1 0.7 0.3 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.8

* See Footnote 12 regarding coverage for Kensington centre Source: SGS land audit

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 61

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 28 displays the floorspace of apartment dwellings attached to buildings with employment floorspace in the various centres. Maroubra Junction and Kingsford stand out as having particularly large capacity of residential space, reflecting the tendency for apartment complex buildings in these centres to be several stories high. There is also a significant amount of residential space at Coogee Beach and Randwick Junction attached to employment space, but this reflects more traditional „shop-top‟ housing.

Figure 28. Floorspace of Dwellings Attached to Employment Space, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

180,000

160,000

140,000

120,000

100,000

) 2

80,000

Floorspace(m 60,000

40,000

20,000

0 Maroubra French- Randwick Junction Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction (incl Pac. Beach ton* Beach bra South Road Sq.) Floorspace 18,965 169,360 24,676 100,104 10,264 9771 7469 10757 8560 1421 9503 145

* See Footnote 12 regarding coverage for Kensington centre Source: SGS land audit

A detailed analysis of the industry composition of activity in each centre is provided in Appendix 2; this information is summarised here for the main centres in Randwick City.

Randwick Junction has a particularly high share of retail trade floorspace – relative to Randwick LGA more broadly – and a smaller share of leisure activity floorspace (accommodation, cafes and restaurants and personal & other services). The audit also suggests Randwick Junction has a lower proportion of health & community services floorspace than Randwick City overall, but this data excludes many of the health-related institutions along Avoca Street (as the land they operate on is zoned for special use purposes, rather than business specifically). The centre is a favourite shopping strip with hospital staff and university students; it is rich in character and heritage considerations would likely restrict any major development in the area.

Health and community services dominate the business activities in Maroubra Junction, reflecting the medical centre, which occupies around a quarter of the economic activity floorspace in the

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 62

Randwick Economic Activity Study

centre. Maroubra Junction also has very high share of floorspace devoted to office activities in the areas of property & business services and finance & insurance (relative to the broader Randwick region). The recently completed Pacific Square complex (which was under construction when the audit was undertaken) adds to the mix on offer, with several supermarkets and food and other speciality stores.

The most dominant activity in Kensington is retail trade, which represents almost half of all the business floorspace in the centre. The share of space utilised for retail trade is large relative to Randwick City more generally, in part reflecting the dominance of Peter‟s of Kensington. Accommodation, cafes and restaurants also utilise a significant share of floorspace in the centre. The centre presently lacks an anchor supermarket.

In line with Randwick City overall, the most common activities in Kingsford centre (by floorspace share) are retail trade and accommodation, cafes and restaurants (reflecting a particularly large number of restaurants of Asian and Italian cuisines). Property and business services are also relatively common in Kingsford, occupying three times the share of floorspace than in Randwick City more generally.

In Coogee, accommodation, cafes and restaurants – including Coogee Bay Hotel, the Palace and the Crowne Plaza Hotel – overwhelmingly dominate activity in Coogee, occupying close to three- quarters of the available floorspace in the centre.

Reflecting the large premises of the Ritz cinema complex (and the Dance Spot performing arts complex opposite), culture and recreational services occupy the most significant share of business floorspace at The Spot. The centre also has a higher share of accommodation, cafe and restaurant floorspace than Randwick City more generally, notwithstanding the impact of the Ritz on this distribution (if the Ritz were excluded, this proportion would be even higher).

The activities common in Matraville are similar to those prevalent in the Randwick City region more generally, with retail trade and accommodation, cafes & restaurants (including the Matraville Hotel) dominating the floorspace mix in the area. There also is a relatively large share of floorspace utilised for health & community service provision.

Neighbourhood centres

Randwick City‟s neighbourhood centres were also audited for this study and Figure 29 illustrates the quantum of non-residential floorspace at each. Of the neighbourhood centres, Bunnerong Road has the largest amount of non-residential floorspace, followed by West Randwick. There is no employment floorspace in the Chifley centre, with buildings apparently designed for retail purposes currently being used for residential purposes.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 63

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 29. Floorspace by Centre, Neighbourhood Centres, Randwick City, 2007 8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

Area (m2) Area 3,000

2,000

1,000

0 Bunner- West North Dolphin Moverly Have- Clovelly La Per- Botany Duffys Little South ong Rand- Rand- St - Lurline St - lock St - Chifley Beach ouse St Corner Bay Coogee Road wick wick Coogee Coogee Coogee Employment Floorspace 7,459 4,943 4,271 2,267 1,798 1,712 1,555 1,332 854 798 516 409 245 0 Source: SGS

Floorspace share by activity area for the neighbourhood centres is displayed in Figure 30. The most dominant activity area categories are retail trade, accommodation, cafes and restaurants, and personal and other services. In general, these centres provide a mix of services to satisfy the convenience needs of the local population.

Figure 30. Floorspace Shares by Activity area, Neighbourhood Centres, Randwick City, 2007 100% Ag, for & fish 90% Min 80% Util Constr 70% Manuf Educ 60% Tran & stor

50% Whl trade Govt 40% Com- unic serv Fin & insur Percentage 30% Prop & bus serv Cult & rec serv 20% Pers & other serv 10% Hlth & comm serv Ret trade 0% Acm caf & rest

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 64

Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.2.4 Future Economic Activity

The Subregional Strategy nominates a target increase in employment of around 1,900 jobs across the residual employment lands of Randwick LGA (excluding the specialised centres) by 2031,13 yielding growth of roughly 8.5%. The SGS employment model, which is partly based on past trends (discussed in more detail in Appendices Section 1), suggests significantly stronger growth in the order of 40% (between 2006 and 2031). The model suggests growth will be underpinned by a particularly rapid increase in jobs in the property & business services industry (which has significant flow-on implications as roughly one-fifth people working in this industry in Randwick City work from home). It also shows ongoing strength in Randwick‟s key industries of health and education (notwithstanding the fact that these residual employment lands exclude the main UNSW and Randwick Hospitals campuses), as well as the consumption and leisure industries. These model-based forecasts should be interpreted with some caution however, as they were completed prior to the release of 2006 employment data (which show a slowing in growth in several sectors, particularly in property & business services).

Applying the model-based industry composition of growth to the Subregional Strategy employment targets provides estimates of an industry breakdown of the targets, as outlined in Table 10.

Applying the employee-floorspace ratios derived from the land audit of Randwick City‟s business zones yields associated projections for floorspace demand. In aggregate, floorspace demand for retail trade, accommodation, cafes & restaurants, personal & other services, health & community services, education, property & business services, finance & insurance and cultural & recreational services is forecast to increase by close to 50,000 sqm between 2006 and 2031. A particularly strong increase is projected for property & business services and retail trade. Table 10. Floorspace Requirements for Metro Strategy Targets: Other Employment Lands (including Town Centres), S elected Industries, 2006-2031

Contribution to Growth in Increase in Total Growth in Required Floorspace Floorspace Floorspace by Requirements Requirements Industry (m2) (%point) (%) Prop'ty & Bus Serv 13,617 2.3 18.0 Retl. Trade 8,266 1.4 9.2 Health & Com'ty Serv.* 7,344 1.3 6.1 Acc. Cafes & Rest. 5,642 1.0 5.3 Educat.* 5,173 0.9 5.7 Pers & Other Serv 3,404 0.6 6.0 Fin. & Ins. 2,144 0.4 17.0 Cult & Recr. Serv. 2,025 0.3 6.7 TOTAL 47,615 8.2 8.2 * Job-to-floorspace ratios for personal & other services were applied to estimate floorspace demand for the education and health & community services industries in leiu of accuracte audit estimates for these sectors (the nature of business operations in these industries within the town centres is likely to be somewhat similar to personal & other services operations). Source: SGS

13 The LGA-wide target is 5,900 jobs, with the health & education specialised centre expected to account for 2,700. The port & environs specialised centre is expected to accommodate 3,900 jobs, but a large share of these are likely to fall within the bounds of Botany Bay LGA.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 65

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Capacity

Preliminary estimates of capacity across the audited areas of the main centres in Randwick City suggest that there is sufficient potential for non-residential development under current zoning regulations (see Table 1). However, the estimates probably overestimate actual capacity, as they do not take account of practical constraints to development and viability considerations. For example, the estimates suggest significant capacity remains at Randwick Junction and The Spot, whereas heritage constraints probably prevent development from attaining the maximum business floorspace ratios that are otherwise permissible. Similarly, FSR regulations at Kingsford allow for substantial non-residential floorspace over and above the current supply. However, much of this additional capacity would be at the second storey or higher, which may adversely impact on viability for some businesses (precluding complete take-up). By the nature of their construction (see Footnote 14), these preliminary estimates also incorporate incremental increases in non- residential floorspace at a lot-by-lot level, whereas substantial additional capacity would likely be required to inspire redevelopment in general.

A more detailed centre-by-centre analysis of capacity would be required to accurately assess development potential across the LGA.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 66

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table 11. Non-residential Floorspace Capacity Estimates, 14 Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

Gross capacity estimates Net capacity estimates Centres with FSR controls Centres with building envelope controls

Existing non- Gross capacity - Gross capacity - by FSR limits Total building Assumed by current residential on business- footprint average building Existing Devleopment floorspace zoned land ground area storeys for footprints vacancies potential (sqm) FSR limits (sqm) (sqm) non-res uses (sqm) Total (sqm) (sqm) (sqm) Total (sqm) Randwick Junction 77,995 2 119,456 119,456 2,837 38,624 41,461 Maroubra Junction** 54,917 70,248 1.5 105,372 105,372 19,561 30,894 50,455 Coogee Beach 50,309 1.5 72,709 72,709 1,306 21,093 22,399 Kingsford 38,002 3.0 196,312 196,312 5,055 153,254 158,309 Kensington* 24,280 20,641 1.4 28,897 28,897 3,401 1,216 4,616 The Spot 22,829 1.5 28,377 28,377 0 5,548 5,548 Maroubra Beach 12,423 2.0 26,796 26,796 2,232 12,142 14,373 Matraville 12,809 23,944 1.0 23,944 23,944 2,364 8,771 11,135 Frenchmans Road 9,358 1.5 19,971 19,971 412 10,202 10,614 Maroubra South 5,716 1.0 12,333 12,333 951 5,666 6,617 Clovelly 3,859 1.0 9,867 9,867 0 6,008 6,008 Malabar 3,054 1.0 3,336 3,336 280 2 282 TOTAL 315,552 647,370 2,050 254,388 256,438 * See Footnote 12 regarding coverage for Kensington centre ** The current floorspace estimate for Maroubra Junction excludes Pacific Square, which is therefore incorporated into the centres‟ capacity estimate. Source: SGS

14 For centres with FSR regulations, gross capacity in the audited (business-zoned) land was derived by multiplying the maximum permissible FSR by the land area. For the centres with building envelope controls, capacity estimates were derived based on current building footprints and an assumed take up of second-storey space for non-residential purposes. Net capacity was derived as the difference between the gross capacity and current floorspace estimates, and is disaggregated into vacant floorspace and additional development potential.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 67 Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.3 Industrial Employment Lands

A survey of industrial land users in Randwick LGA (discussed in full in Appendix 4) shows strong links between local business operations and the port and airport. The survey suggests:

– More than half of businesses are involved with Port Botany in some way on a weekly basis. Mostly, business involvement with the Port of Botany is in regard to the import and/or export of goods and transport, storage and transfer activities.

– Many businesses (37%) are also involved with Sydney Airport on a weekly basis. The import and/or export of goods via Sydney Airport (27%) and transport, storage and transfer of goods via Sydney Airport (20%) are the main business relations indicated.

– In total, 63% of all respondents conduct business related to Port Botany or Sydney Airport on a weekly basis. Half of these businesses are involved with both the Port and the Airport (30%).

In light of these strong relationships, logistics operations associated with port and airport activity are discussed in more detail in the section following.

5.3.1 Logistics & Operations

Sydney’s Global Economic Corridor

The specialised centres of the Global City of Sydney and the Airport and Port Botany are part of the global economic corridor identified in the Sydney Metropolitan Strategy which extends from Macquarie Park in Sydney‟s North to North Sydney/CBD then on to the Airport and Port Botany. It is described as the „powerhouse of Australia‟s economy‟.15

In 2001, there were 700,000 jobs in this global economic corridor with the Metropolitan strategy proposing a target of 850,000 jobs in 2031. The importance of the Port and Airport activities to the national economy is highlighted by planning for the CBD to Airport corridor by the Department of Planning. The corridor takes in City of Sydney and Botany Bay LGAs, and proximate employment lands of Marrickville, Randwick and Rockdale. The findings of the paper relate to the Port Botany and Sydney Airport. The Port Botany findings are presented in summary in the following sections.

Port Logistics Chains and Associated Landuses

SGS research of Port and Airport operations finds that Ports (airports, seaports and land ports) play important roles as „gateways‟ in logistics chains. In the Sydney context, this gateway role shapes land uses:

– On site at Port Botany and Kingsford Smith Airport;

15 City of Cities: A Plan for Sydney‟s future – Metropolitan Strategy supporting information, NSW Government, 2005

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 68 Randwick Economic Activity Study

– In the immediate (1km) area surrounding these gateways; – In the surrounding LGAs of Randwick, Botany, City of Sydney and Marrickville; and – In the Greater Sydney Metropolitan region.

The following section describes the logistics chains and associated land uses linking the airport and port to the Greater Sydney Metropolitan region.

Port Botany

Figure 31 shows a simplified logistics chain linking Port Botany with the Sydney region.

Docks and loading and unloading facilities are located on port land, along with stevedores (Patrick and DP World). The largest categories of containerised imports (in mass tonnes) are chemicals, manufactured goods, machinery, paper products and non-metallic minerals. The largest export categories are cereals, chemicals and non-ferrous metals.16

In the area surrounding the Port, a number of directly port-related industries are located. This includes Freight Stations/Forwarders and Empty Container Parks. Some locally based importers also have warehousing in this corridor to facilitate quick distribution of goods to a local (Central and East Sydney) market.

Containers enter/leave the port by truck or train (on a dedicated freight line). Containers on trucks tend to be driven through Botany and Marrickville and onto Western Sydney, where importers, exporters, warehousing and distribution centres are located. Containers travelling by train are either destined for locations outside the Sydney region, or unloaded and transferred to trucks at Intermodal Terminals. The Sydney region has a number of Intermodal terminals, for example at St Peters (Cooks River), Bellfield, Chullora and Minto. A new Intermodal terminal has been approved at Enfield.

Empty containers are returned by road or rail to container parks in close proximity to the port, for re-export.

Figure 32 illustrates potential future shifts in port logistics chains, with some container storage and freight forwarding businesses moving out of the port/airport corridor to intermodal terminals.

Enfield Intermodal

The Enfield Intermodal terminal is a key off site facility required to enable the growth of shipments through the Port of Botany, and specifically to divert a substantial portion from road to rail transport. It also offers the opportunity to move some freight functions (e.g. break bulk) from the relatively constrained port to a central Sydney location that is at present underutilised.

16 2005-6, for Sydney Ports Corporation as a whole, sourced from Sydney Ports Corporation Trade report, 2005-6.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 69

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 31. Port Logistics Chains

EMPTY CONTAINER PARKS SEA SIDE PORT IMPORTERS STEVEDORES EXPORTERS MANUFACTURERS FREIGHT DISTRIBUTION CENTRES STATIONS INTERMODAL TERMINAL ON PORT LAND LOCALLY ROAD BASED RAIL IMPORTERS ROAD (78%) RAIL (22%) SHIP IN PORT/AIRPORT CORRIDOR GREATER SYDNEY AND BEYOND

Source: SGS

Figure 32. Port Logistics Chains – Possible Futures

EMPTY CONTAINER PARKS SEA SIDE PORT IMPORTERS STEVEDORES EXPORTERS MANUFACTURERS FREIGHT DISTRIBUTION CENTRES STATIONS INTERMODAL TERMINAL ON PORT LAND LOCALLY ROAD BASED RAIL IMPORTERS ROAD (?%) RAIL (?%) SHIP IN PORT/AIRPORT CORRIDOR GREATER SYDNEY AND BEYOND

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 70 Randwick Economic Activity Study

The site is expected to handle 300,000 twenty-foot equivalent units (TEUs) per year of container freight. This is equivalent to about 25% of current container volume through the port, but will not be achieved until about 2015, when volumes have grown so it will represent only about 12%-15% of total port volume.

In 2004, the Freight Infrastructure Advisory Board recommended the development of a network of intermodal terminals throughout Sydney including staged development of new facilities at Enfield, Moorebank, Eastern Creek – all substantially larger than existing terminals – and Ingleburn as well as expanding the existing terminal at Minto.

The Enfield site is the only one that could be brought on stream quickly, with good operating economics and an established market base by a willing developer.

In spite of a planned five-fold increase on rail freight to and from the port, road freight (measured in TEUs) will roughly double. However, through a combination of more efficient back haulage, larger loads per truck (e.g. more 40 foot and fewer 20 foot containers), the number of road trips is expected to grow by only about 40%-50%.

In effect the development of these intermodal sites provide a way of expanding port throughput without having to expand port area, transferring activity to lower cost, less constrained land and also moving the process of shipment consolidation and breakdown closer to the freight destinations.

Kingsford Smith Airport

Figure 33 shows a simplified logistics chain linking Kingsford Smith Airport with the Sydney region. Around 80% of airfreight arrives and leaves in the belly of passenger aircraft. The remaining 20% is carried on dedicated freight aircraft. Air freight tends to be low-volume, high-value, time- sensitive goods.

Cargo Terminal Operations (CTOs) reside within the Airport‟s Freight Precinct. CTOs include Qantas, Auspost, DHL and Patrick. The onsite location offers a contiguous airside-landside interface. CTOs bring freight in, and move it onto the plane, and vice versa. Due to space constraints on the airport site, some CTO operations overlap onto the surrounding land area, for example Qantas‟ landholdings in Botany, which include private road access to the Airport.

Airfreight forwarders are located close to the airport, and pack/unpack consignments into air freight containers (ULDs or Unit Load Devices). Consignments that are not processed by airfreight forwarders are transported directly between CTOs and importers, exporters, manufacturers, and distribution centres. Because of the low volume, high value, time sensitive characteristics of air freight, small truck transport tends to be favoured over rail.

Empty ULD‟s are returned to container parks near the airport for repacking or empty export.

Figure 34 illustrates potential future shifts in airport logistics chains, with some container storage and freight forwarding businesses moving out of the port/airport corridor as land prices escalate.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 71 Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 33. Airport Logistics Chains

EMPTY CONTAINER AIR SIDE AIRPORT PARKS IMPORTERS CARGO TERMINAL EXPORTERS OPERATORS MANUFACTURERS DISTRIBUTION CENTRES FREIGHT FORWARDERS ON AIRPORT LAND

ROAD RAIL ROAD (78%) RAIL (22%) AIR IN PORT/AIRPORT CORRIDOR GREATER SYDNEY AND BEYOND Source: SGS

Figure 34. Airport Logistics Chains – Possible Futures

EMPTY CONTAINER AIR SIDE AIRPORT PARKS IMPORTERS CARGO TERMINAL EXPORTERS OPERATORS MANUFACTURERS DISTRIBUTION CENTRES FREIGHT FORWARDERS ON AIRPORT LAND

ROAD RAIL ROAD (?%) RAIL (?%) AIR IN PORT/AIRPORT CORRIDOR GREATER SYDNEY AND BEYOND Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 72 Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.3.2 Global Logistics Trends

Changes in global logistics systems have implications for both the operation of ports and for land uses in their hinterlands. There are a number of trends emerging in logistics which will affect Sydney Airport and Port Botany, as well as land uses in their surrounding LGAs of Randwick, Botany, City of Sydney and Marrickville. These trends are summarised below.

Asset free ‘4PL’ Fourth Person Logistics

3PL or Third Party Logistics involves supply chain management by firms with some stake in logistics infrastructure. For example, Qantas owns aeroplanes, but may also act as a co-ordinator of other players in the logistics chain, offering the customer an end-to-end service. An emerging trend is for 4PL firms to act as „hands off‟ supply chain managers. These firms do not own any assets within the logistics chain. They instead act as co-ordinators only; as they do not have a stake in any particular mode (e.g. a truck fleet), they can freely choose the best mode at each stage of the supply chain for a particular consignment.

Polycentric Nodes

Capacity constraints at traditionally dominant seaports – such as Rotterdam, Antwerp and Hamburg on the North West Coast of Europe and Long Beach in California – have prompted moves towards decentralisation. In Europe, for example, the „European Spatial Development Perspective‟17 includes a push to encourage shipping flows through the Mediterranean and Baltic to relieve pressure on major North West ports.

From Efficiency to Value Adding

Traditionally, logistics operations focused on efficiency – moving as many goods as quickly and cheaply as possible. There has been a shift away from the focus on efficiency towards increased emphasis on value adding. Value adding conventionally occurred only in the manufacturing process, e.g. through transforming a raw material. Now, efficiency is taken as a pre-condition in logistics, value adding is where profits can be made. Examples of value adding in logistics include re-combining, sorting and packing goods at a transit node, or final assembly or customisation of a good.18

17 The European Spatial Development Perspective (ESDP) is a document approved by the Informal Council of Ministers of Spatial Planning of European Commission in Potsdam in 1999.

18 „Gateways and Corridors – Adding Value in Global Logistics Systems‟, Lecture by Professor Werner Delfmann, ITLS Research Centre, University of Sydney, 18/9/2007.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 73 Randwick Economic Activity Study

Changing Land Use Demands for Sea/Airports

The shift from efficiency to value adding has implications for sea and airports. Functional upgrade of nodes, from simple transit to value added logistics, is possible at and around some ports. This depends on their location, as the demand for value adding through customisation of goods is to take place as close to final markets as possible. Singapore, for example, is a currently a transhipment port, with 91% of goods flowing through to other seabound destinations. By way of contrast, Dubai is developing a „Logistics City‟, with a seaport, airport, logistics services and value added, all on one location.

The implication of these trends for Sydney‟s port and airport is unclear, with the key message being diversification in the roles of ports and airports. As an import dominated airport and port, which are „land locked‟ by existing development, the potential for value adding in the port or airport corridor would appear low. However, this activity may shift further from the port and airport if land price differentials with Western Sydney widen to the extent that increased transport and time trade-offs are compensated for.

Activities in port proximate land

To understand the relationships between port proximate lands and Port Botany, an analysis was undertaken of the character and activities of the port proximate lands. A location quotient analysis has been undertaken to identify the current industrial activity around the port, in travelzones in both Randwick and Botany Bay LGAs: Port Botany (137), Botany (140), Banksmeadow (139), and Hillsdale (138).

The Port Botany and Banksmeadow travel zones (TZs 137 and 139) include actual port land; therefore a high concentration of port-related industries is shown in those travel zones.

– The port precinct of Banksmeadow has strengths in raw material processing such as petroleum, coal and chemical manufacturing as well as wood and paper manufacturing. Further, port servicing activities like transport (freight forwarding, stevedoring) and storage are also concentrated in this area. – Port Botany has a high concentration in manufacturing, but its main strength is in transport (port operators, water transport terminals, stevedoring) and storage reflecting port activities such as container transport and warehousing. – Botany, located between the port and airport, is one of the major manufacturing bases with strengths in food (cereal food) and clothing (knitting mill, leather tanning) manufacturing, as well as transport (freight forwarding) and storage. – Adjoining Banksmeadow to its east is Hillsdale (TZ 138). The area has a high concentration of petroleum, coal and chemical product manufacturing as well as metal manufacturing extending Bankmeadow‟s activities in such areas. Hillsdale also has strengths in wholesale trade and transport.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 74

Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.3.4 Supply-side detail

Character of port proximate land

One kilometre buffers were drawn around the port and airport (see Figure 35 below) to enable land use in their immediate vicinity to be analysed. The analysis of Port Botany proximate lands is provided below.

Figure 35. 1km buffer – Port and Airport

Source: SGS, ABS 2001

Figure 36 shows the results for industrial land around Port Botany. Lots are distributed across the size range, from <1000 sqm to over 50,000 sqm, with most land (89%) held in large lots of greater than 5,000 sqm. There are a relatively limited number of larger lots in the industrial area in Randwick, but several decent-sized lots in the industrial lands to the North-West of the port, in Botany LGA. The geographical distribution of the variously sized lots is illustrated in Figure 37.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 75

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Where contiguous lots are under single ownership, they can be aggregated in considering potential uses. By the same token however, lots that are under strata-title should be considered to be more restrictive in terms of potential uses than their actual measure would imply. To assess the combined impact of these influences, Figure 38 re-estimates lot size based on ownership characteristics, with adjacent lots under single ownership amalgamated, and strata-titled lots shaded to correspond to the smallest sized lots. This provides an alternative picture of the distribution of lot sizes around the port-proximate lands; in Randwick City, this adjustment generally has the effect of reducing effective lot sizes, as there are a number of substantial lots that have been strata-divided.

Figure 36. Industrial Lots Within 1000m Buffer of Port Botany

120 900,000

800,000 100 700,000

80 600,000

500,000 60

400,000 Number of Lots of Number 40 300,000 Total Area(sqm)

200,000 20 100,000

0 0 0 - < 1000 1000 - < 5000 5000 - < 20000 20000 - < 50000 over 50000 Number of Lots 105 70 30 16 10 Area (sq m) 56,839 139,808 298,488 532,647 785,448

Source: SGS.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 76

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 37. Lot Size Analysis, Randwick and Botany Industrial Lands

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 77 Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 38. Lot Size Analysis – adjusting for multi-lot and strata-titled ownership, Randwick and Botany Industrial Lands

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 78

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Randwick industrial lands

The industrial zoned land in Randwick LGA covers an area of roughly 240 ha, with around a third of this land zoned 4A: General Industrial Land and around two-thirds owned by Sydney Ports itself and zoned 4B (see Figure 39). Randwick City Council undertook an audit of the industrial lands in early 2007 and their findings are summarised and developed upon here.

Figure 39. Randwick Industrial Area, Zoning

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 79 Randwick Economic Activity Study

Lot size

On the arm of the port itself, and on the contiguous land, the lots tend to be particularly large. In the 4A general industrial zone there is more variation. The majority of lots are between 500 and 11,000 square metres, with the larger lots located along Botany and Military Roads (see Figure 40, Area 2). The largest lot (of 14 hectares) is occupied by the Amcor paper mill. Along Perry Street and Beauchamp Road there are some smaller lots, some of which are disjointed sites of irregular configurations, reflecting the course of Sydney Water and Energy Australia easements (with special use zonings) (see Figure 40, Area 1). Also of note, there are seven properties along Beauchamp Road that are transected by the Randwick-Botany LGA boundary.

Figure 40. Industrial Area Lots, Randwick City

Area 1 Area 2

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 80

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Land use categories

Figure 41 illustrates the ANZSIC industries of organisations occupying land in the industrial area, as audited by Randwick City Council.

Figure 41. Randwick City Industrial Area, Industry Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 81

Randwick Economic Activity Study

The ANZSIC industry categories are used by the ABS to classify economic activity at an economy-wide level. From a strategic viewpoint, however, an alternative categorisation proves more useful in examining trends in demand for new industrial or employment lands. In the Randwick industrial area, demand for land is likely to be driven by growth in the following categories of activity: 1. Local level services (e.g. auto repairs, local storage, print shops) which offer relatively high density employment, and are driven by the demands from the local population (and will therefore grow with population growth);

2. Urban services (e.g. concrete batching, waste transfer, utility depots, Council depots) which need to be locally based and are broadly driven by population growth (though significant economies of scale are realisable within these operations);

3. Logistics and warehousing (including transport and distribution, storage etc) which are low density, and prefer good access to the motorway network, and tend to be driven by regional level demands;

4. Business park style offices and integrated operations at relatively high job densities, which are „export‟ oriented;

5. Traditional „shop floor‟ manufacturing, with relatively high job densities, which are diminishing in Australia, and are relatively „footloose‟ where they satisfy export markets, but may depend on a local comparative advantage or attributes.

6. „Heavy‟ manufacturing (e.g. power plants, petroleum refining).

Each of the above categories has desired locational attributes or operational characteristics, as outlined in Table 12.

Table 12. Land Use Categories: Locational Attributes

Land Use Category Description Local Level Services and Light Industrial close to population minor impact on surrounding uses, some separation required Urban Services large land user noise, dust and traffic implications and need to be isolated or buffered from other land uses needed in each subregion Logistics and Warehouses close to air, sea and inter-modal inland ports access to the motorway system critical Business /Office/ Parks minor noise and amenity impacts, potentially significant traffic impacts in terms of traffic volumes good arterial road access required suited to „brownfields‟ conversion sites or near to existing centres Manufacturing - Light collocation in terms of raw material delivery may be modest traffic and noise impacts so buffering from other land uses may be desirable arterial road access may be important Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 82

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 42 illustrates the way in which the industrial lands surrounding Port Botany (in Randwick and Botany LGAs) are utilised at present, according to the strategic land use categories.

The industrial area owned by Sydney Ports (the 4(b) zone) is primarily used for port-related purposes: sea freight, container storage and other logistics related uses. However, there is also some land that is currently being leased out to other establishments for non-port-related purposes. Specifically, a State Transit Authority bus depot currently occupies close to 4 hectares of the land and Randwick Council recycling centre occupies around 3 hectares (though this is about to be resumed by Port Botany).

The 4(a) industrial area provides a buffer between the relatively heavy industry operations of the port and the nearby residential areas. There are roughly 170 business operating in this area, many specialise in operations related to the port. In general, the land is used for lighter transport & logistics operations, warehouses and offices. There is also a significant amount of local light industry – including several car repair services (classified as retail trade by the ANZSIC system) – and some operations that appear to be more commercially/retail oriented.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 83

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 42. Port Botany Industrial Lands: Land Use Categories

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 84

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Intensity of land use

A survey of industrial land users (detailed further in Appendix 4) reveals further information about the intensity of land use in the Randwick City‟s industrial lands.

Land use

– A quarter of the survey respondents are located on lots of 430 sq m or less. Another 25% are on sites between 431 and 800 sq m and 801 and 1500 sq m. The remaining 25% have sites of 1501 sq m and over. The majority of the land reported upon is taken up by large firms of 14 or more employees (FTE); 25% of businesses take up 65% of the land.

– On average, firms use 137 sq m per employee (FTE). The median land use per employee is lower than this figure at 91 sq m, consistent with the skew expected from the small share of larger businesses in the region.

– Intensity of land use varies by the number of people a business employs. Businesses employing a small number of people tend to use the least land per employee, while businesses that employ the most people are the least efficient land users on a per employee basis. Small businesses use around 42sqm per employee (FTE). Businesses employing 14 or more people use 205sqm of land per employee.

Floorspace use

– In terms of floorspace, a quarter of all businesses operate on a area of 300sqm or less; a quarter occupy between 300 and 475 sq metres; another quarter occupy between 475 sq m and 950 sq m; while the top 25% of businesses occupy 951 sq metres of floorspace or more.

– Large businesses use the majority of floorspace: 25% of all businesses surveyed use 60% of all the total reported floorspace. The smallest firms (up to three FTE) use 25% of all floor area. Together, 75% of all firms (up to 14 FTE) utilise 40% of all floor area, while these firms combined generate 77% of all employment (of the survey respondents). Large firms (14 FTE or more) generate 23% of all employment and use 60% of all floor area. Overall, smaller businesses use the available space more intensively than large businesses.

– Floor area also varies by zoning. Firms on land zoned 4B (Port Botany) use floorspace of 67sqm and firms on general industrial zoned land (4A) tend to use more floorspace (72sqm).

Parking

– On average, survey respondents businesses each have 13 car parking spaces, though the median is much lower at 6 spaces per business. The number of car parking spaces tend to increase with the number of persons employed.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 85

Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.3.5 Future Economic Activity

The SGS employment model (detailed further in Appendices Section 1) suggests employment in Randwick City‟s industrial lands will grow by around 1,700 jobs (or 35%) between 2006 and 2031. This is broadly consistent with the Metropolitan strategy target of 3,900 extra jobs around Port Botany – including land in both Randwick and Botany LGAs – by 2031. According to the model, the projected increase in employment largely reflects growth in property & business services (in keeping with broader trends between 1996 and 2001), although this industry comprises only a relatively small proportion of total employment in the precinct (just under 10%). In contrast, the transport & storage sector – which currently comprises around a third of all employment in the industrial area – is forecast to experience only modest growth of 8% over the 25 year period (though these model-based projections exclude any impact of the Port Botany expansion).

The employee-floorspace ratios based on the industrial area audited by Randwick Council (which included the land covering the port itself) can be used to derive projections for demand for employment space (as discussed in Appendix 1). This method implies strong growth in demand for employment space for transport & storage activities, with additional demand for the property & business services and manufacturing industries. Overall, this modelling suggests an increase in demand for floorspace of around 17 hectares (see Table 13).

Table 13. Floorspace Requirements: Industrial Area, Selected Industries, 2006 - 2031

Contribution to Total Growth in Growth in Increase in Non- Non-residential Required Non- residential Space Space residential Space Requirements Requirements by Industry (m2) (%point) (%) Transp & Stor 72,999 5.7 7.4 Prop'ty & Bus Serv 25,246 2.0 110.6 Manuf. 24,009 1.9 29.0 Wh'sale Trade 18,996 1.5 240.3 Pers & Other Serv 10,123 0.8 29.8 Retl. Trade 7,817 0.6 45.2 Govt. Admin. & Def. 4,194 0.3 7.5 Utilities 4,183 0.3 8.0 Constr. 609 0.0 4.2 Cult & Recr. Serv. 479 0.0 32.9 TOTAL 168,655 13.2 13.2

Source: SGS

These space projections should be interpreted with caution however. First, the model-based employment projections were derived prior to the release of 2006 employment data which show some decline in employment in the key industries prevalent in the industrial lands. In addition, to a large extent, growth in employment in industrial areas is expected to flow from an increased office component of employment, suggesting a decline in space requirements per job over time. In this

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 86

Randwick Economic Activity Study

case the projections presented above probably significantly overestimate future demand for industrial space. On a similar note, for the transport & storage sector in particular, the current estimated space-per-job ratio is skewed higher by the fact that the audited activity space includes Port Botany itself. While the industrial area is expected to accommodate a greater number of transport & storage jobs in future, they are unlikely to comprise the same mix as at present, and on average, are likely to require a significantly smaller amount of space per job.

If we apply a more „standard‟ space-per-job ratio to the additional jobs in the transport & storage sector (220 sqm per job instead of 630 sqm) and reduce the ratio for the manufacturing, wholesale trade, utilities and government industries by 20% (to account for an increased share of office- based employment), the projected additional demand for industrial space falls from around 17 hectares to 11 hectares. This latter figure probably more accurately reflects trends in land use patterns and therefore provides a more appropriate objective for planning purposes.

The survey of industrial users (discussed earlier and outlined in full in Appendix 4) is consistent with modest growth in employment in the industrial lands. All respondents noted that they intend to remain at the current location over the next three years, with a few businesses intending to redevelop their existing sites, rather than relocating. In addition, 18% of respondents intend to increase the number of people they employ (with only 4% expecting some attrition). Over the next three years, 15% of respondent businesses intend to expand the floor or land area they are currently using; 81% expect future requirements for land and floorspace will remain the same.

Capacity

Preliminary estimates of capacity suggest the potential for an additional 12 hectares of non- residential space in Randwick City‟s industrial area. In particular, consolidation of activities on the Amcor site is likely to provide significant additional capacity. There were also several other large sites – including two on Beauchamp Road – that were vacant when the audit was undertaken. Further capacity could be realised amongst smaller lots, with vacant lots, vacant floorspace and residential lots potentially able to contribute around 1 hectare of additional capacity.

Table 14. Floorspace Requirements: Industrial Area, Selected Industries, 2006 - 2031

Capacity (sqm) Significant large vacant lots* 109,000 Smaller vacant lots 3,000 Vacant industrial floorspace 3,000 Residential lots 4,000 TOTAL 119,000 * Incorporates a conservative estimate that the consolidation of Amcor's operations will make one-third of their land area (totalling roughly 14 hectares) available for alternative uses. Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 87

Randwick Economic Activity Study

5.4 Implications for Randwick City

The major institutions in the Health & Education Specialised Centre – UNSW and the Randwick Hospitals Complex in particular – are of significant strategic importance and will play a vital role in the future economic fortune of the East subregion and the broader metropolitan region. As such, the Health & Education Specialised Centre will be a focus for both State and local government planning.

While site-specific planning at the UNSW campus is relatively well advanced (with masterplanning now applied in the UNSW DCP), no strategic plan exists for the Randwick Hospitals Complex. In addition, there is no economic development strategy for the specialised centre as a whole and no management or governance structure to direct and facilitate development and realise potential synergies between high value economic activities. Given the strong growth in employment expected in the health and education industries over the coming years, more comprehensive precinct planning is vital. For example, there is opportunity for these institutions to work with Randwick Racecourse so that any development on Racecourse land is mutually beneficial. Indeed, the lack of affordable housing and parking (or transport access more generally) is relevant for both UNSW and the Hospitals, so any additional provision of land for these purposes could be commonly advantageous.

Policies that seek to strengthen activity in these major health and education institutions are also likely to have a positive impact on the surrounding town centres, given that both workers and students tend to undertake significant spending in the local area.

More generally, the targets nominated in the Subregional Strategy suggest moderate growth in employment in Randwick‟s town centres, implying additional floorspace requirements in the order of 50,000 sqm. Particularly strong growth is projected for employment in the property & business services industry, suggesting relatively high take-up rates for above-ground capacity could be evidenced. In addition, home-based business is likely to continue to grow strongly; roughly a third of home-based jobs are in the property & business services sector.

Preliminary estimates of capacity across the audited areas of the main centres in Randwick City suggest that there is sufficient potential for non-residential development under current zoning regulations. However, a more detailed centre-by-centre analysis would be required to accurately assess development potential.

Around the health & education precinct, heritage constraints probably limit the potential for further development at Randwick Junction and The Spot. However, there is currently some capacity in both Kingsford and Kensington (which the audit found to have significant quantities of vacant floorspace). Kingsford in particular is probably well-placed to satisfy some demand for floorspace from the property & business services industry, given its relatively high maximum permissible FSR (of 3); the audit also suggests that Kingsford already has a degree of specialisation in property & business services at present. Over the longer term, development on Randwick Racecourse grounds could help to provide further capacity for employment growth in the precinct.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 88

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Towards the southern part of the LGA, recent construction at Maroubra Junction has provided some additional non-residential floorspace supply. Looking forward, if improved transport access facilitates population growth in the southern parts of the City (which are currently less dense than the northern region), then growth in population-related non-residential floorspace is likely to be required in similar locations, with redevelopments that take advantage of the current maximum zoning controls becoming more viable.

The Subregional Strategy sets a target of 3,900 extra jobs around Port Botany – including land in both Randwick and Botany LGAs – by 2031. The SGS employment model suggests employment in Randwick City‟s industrial lands will grow by around 1,700 jobs, largely reflecting growth in property & business services (in keeping with broader trends). Meanwhile, the model suggest that the transport & storage sector – which currently comprises around a third of all employment in the industrial area – will experience only modest growth over the 25 year period (though this model- based forecasts excludes any impact of the Port Botany expansion).

If the employee-space ratios derived from the industrial area audit are applied, then the job projections imply demand for an additional 17 hectares of industrial space by 2031. However, these demand projections should be interpreted with caution, as the space-per-job ratio is likely to decline over time; to a large extent, any growth in employment in industrial areas is expected to flow from an increased office component of employment. Adjusting for expected trends in the character of employment suggests more moderate demand for additional industrial space in the order of 10 hectares.

Changes in freight and logistics operations are also opening up new opportunities for related businesses to conduct space-intensive operations further afield. In part, these trends reflect the limited supply of appropriate land in key locations close to the port, airport and the CBD. This supports the Department of Planning‟s direction to protect the existing employment lands in the East Subregion. Indeed, the locational advantages of Randwick City‟s industrial lands – access to the port, airport and the CBD – ensure that they will be requisite in maintaining efficiency in freight and logistics operations in future. These lands will stay in high demand, particularly if the quality of the supply is maintained; larger lots with good access, and which are appropriately separated from residential areas, should be protected.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 89

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6 Gaps, Opportunities & Recommendations

6.1 Potential High-Level Policy Developments

The existing structure of the East Subregion was discussed in Section 3 (and illustrated in Figure 3). In addition, there are a number of proposed or potential higher-level structuring elements that could have important implications for future development and hence economic activity within the LGA. These include: A mass public transit system located on the alignment of Anzac Parade. A light rail or metro link would increase accessibility and development capacity through this corridor. Potential for continuous green links both north-south and east-west across the City. Tourism and the Randwick City economy more generally would benefit greatly from improved links between these various attractions. A mass public transit system located on the alignment of Botany Road. A light rail or metro rail or increased bus services would improve accessibility and development capacity through this corridor, and to the Port and Environs Specialised Centre. An underground heavy vehicle tunnel from Port Botany to the M4. The volume of heavy vehicle traffic is likely to increase with the expansion of the port and predicted intensification of activity with the Port and Environs Specialised Centre. Ensuring heavy vehicle traffic is routed away from residential areas is a key concern.

These elements, amongst others, are illustrated in Figure 43 (to be compared to Figure 3).

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 90

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 43. Randwick City and the East Subregion: Potential Structuring Elements

Source: SGS; Subregional Strategy

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 91

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.2 Health and Education Specialised Centre

6.2.1 Overview

The Health and Education Specialised Centre combines four types of urban elements: major metropolitan institutions (UNSW Randwick Campus, Prince of Wales Hospital Complex and the Royal Randwick Racecourse); „main street‟ centres (Randwick, The Spot, Kingsford, Kensington and West Randwick); local public facilities (schools, churches, TAFE and open spaces); and housing and short term accommodation.

In recognition of the strategic importance of the health, education and research functions that take place in the area, it has been nominated as a specialised centre in the Sydney Metropolitan Strategy and subsequent Draft East Subregional Strategy. This acknowledges the vital role the precinct will play in the future economic fortune of the East subregion and the broader metropolitan region. The specialised centre will be a focus for both State and local government planning.

In contrast to a traditional town centre that is focused on a singular urban core, the precinct around the Education and Health Specialised Centre consists of multiple smaller centres with major institutions located in between these centres. This unique structure suggests that different spatial strategies (as outlined in subsequent sections) will be required to grow the specialised centre and ensure that all parts within the urban system remain vital and vibrant.

The Randwick Campus of the University of New South Wales is a central element of the specialised centre both in terms of location and also as a generator of economic activity. The campus facilities are generally utilised for teaching, research and accommodation. The campus is divided by the sharp relief of the shift in elevation into the upper campus (nearer Randwick) and lower campus (nearer Kingsford and Kensington). Typical of many universities, the UNSW campus is inwardly focused, providing limited activation or address to the adjoining public streets, though the University Walk at Anzac Parade is a notable exception. The quality of the public domain and public space within the campus is generally very good. The campus contains a limited amount of retail that serves the daily needs of staff and students.

The Prince of Wales Hospital Complex contains a mix of medical and research facilities and some residential accommodation. Buildings and structures within the complex vary considerably in age and condition and reflect the expansion of medical and research activities and changing models of health care over time. There are a number of heritage-listed structures alongside Alison Road. The newest buildings are located towards the centre and the north east of the hospital complex. The pedestrian environment within and around the hospital buildings is generally poor. Being located at the southern end of the Belmore Road „high street‟, the hospital could potentially have a more direct relationship with the existing town centre environments of Randwick and the Spot. Presently the physical relationship between the hospital and the town centres is poor.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 92

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Randwick Racecourse is primarily used for horseracing and training, although in more recent years it has hosted a range of non-sporting events. For the most part, race day activities, administration and other events are focused around the grandstand area to the north of the site, with the training and stabling facilities focused towards the southern part of the site. The abundant open space and significant vegetation on the racecourse are important to the visual character of the specialised centre as well as performing the practical role of stormwater detention. The racecourse is a partial barrier to accessing Centennial Park from areas to the south and west of the racecourse, and the lack of active uses on public streets has meant the public domain quality of these edges has been neglected. Whilst the racecourse is not involved in research or education, the potential for redevelopment and intensification on the site offers the prospect of closer relationships with other institutional uses in the precinct.

The traditional centres around the specialist institutions provide a range of services for the students, workers, local residents and residents from a broader catchment beyond the specialised centre. The centres feature predominantly street-based retail with some examples of retail, commercial and residential activity above street level. The building stock is generally a mix of old and new buildings with a range of tenancy sizes providing a corresponding range of services. Public transport access is good with multiple bus routes travelling through all centres.

Randwick has the largest amount of retail floorspace of all the centres within the Education and Health Specialised Centre and features two shopping centres with major supermarkets as well as street-based retail focused on Belmore Road and the intersection of Alison Road and Avoca Street. Being the closest centre to the Prince of Wales Hospital Complex, Randwick also contains a concentration of medical consulting rooms. Randwick is well-served by bus routes connecting the centre to the City, Bondi Junction, Coogee, Maroubra, the Airport and Leichhardt.

The Spot is in effect a continuation of the Belmore Road shopping strip, though the heavy concentration of cafes and restaurants, coupled with the Randwick Ritz Cinema, gives the strip a distinctive character. The „plaza‟ area at the corner of Perouse Road and Carr Street is notably one of the few public spaces in the specialised centre.

Kensington features a mixture of smaller and larger scale retail development, generally located on the east and west sides of Anzac Parade respectively. Recent redevelopment has consisted of residential apartments and student accommodation towards the southern end of the centre. Bus routes link the centre to the City, Pagewood, Mascot, Botany, San Souci, Prince Henry Hospital, La Perouse and Leichhardt.

Kingsford is a vibrant strip-retail and residential development focused on Anzac Parade between Barker Street and the Kingsford 9 ways. Recent development in this centre has generally consisted of new apartments in the commercially zoned strips either side of Anzac Parade. The bus connections for the Kingsford centre are similar to those for Kensington.

West Randwick is a small strip located on one side of Alison Road, effectively between the Racecourse and TAFE, and very near to Centennial Park. Bus routes linking the City to the eastern suburbs and beaches south of Bronte all pass through this area. Although presently modestly developed, it has the potential to develop into a more significant centre over time (given the proximity of the Park and the TAFE in particular).

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 93

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.2.2 Analysis

Gaps and opportunities for the Education and Health Specialised Centre precinct can be broadly categorised under four headings: governance & development, public domain & open space and transport & traffic. Key points on each of these themes are highlighted below and illustrated in 0.

Governance and development

At present there is no economic development strategy for the specialised centre and no management or governance structure to direct and facilitate development and realise potential synergies between high value economic activities. While some structural planning is incorporated in local development controls (such as the UNSW and Randwick Junction DCPs), site-specific planning is generally not well integrated. No master plan or strategic plan exists for the Prince of Wales Hospitals complex. A master plan should be prepared to guide future development of the site: to identify future space demands and opportunities to accommodate these needs. There are limited opportunities for intensification of employment activities outside the university, hospitals and racecourse grounds. There is a need for affordable housing for students and key support workers in close proximity to the specialised centre.

Public domain and open space

Integration between the key institutions and the key activity areas of the traditional centres is limited. The university, hospital and racecourse are generally inwardly focused with limited or no activity in areas of public domain, some of which are major pedestrian routes. The public domain is generally of poor quality, particularly on key pedestrian routes that support high pedestrian volumes. There is a lack of well-located open space and high quality public space, which impacts on both the image and amenity of the specialised centre. High Cross Reserve – between Avoca Street, Belmore Road and Cuthill Street - is well located but is poorly utilised due to poor accessibility, high traffic volume and a lack of facilities.

Transport and traffic

Public transport to the specialised centre currently consists of bus services only. Ideally, alternative forms of mass public transit will be introduced if the intensity of economic activity in the centre is to increase. In fact, the changing nature of the health industry suggests there will be significant growth in travel to and from the precinct in future, with an aging population increasing demand for health services, and treatment advances leading to shorter stays in hospital. High traffic volumes, particularly along Anzac Parade, High Street and Belmore Road also contribute to reduced amenity for pedestrians. Key public transport nodes (e.g. UNSW at Anzac Parade, POWH at High Street) are generally poor in terms of public domain quality and amenity for passengers.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 94

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Large areas in both the university and hospital are devoted to paid car parking and there is considerable reliance on private vehicle use.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 95

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 44. Education and Health Specialised Centre – Gaps & Opportunities

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 96

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.2.3 Strategies

The following strategies have been developed to address the gaps and take advantage of the key opportunities available for strengthening the economic activity in the Education and Health Specialised Centre. Many of the strategies are illustrated in Figure 45 below.

Effective Governance for the Specialised Centre

Ideally, given the regional significance of the specialised centre, the State Government should lead the long-term planning of the specialised centre, with support from Council. Regular discussion should involve relevant policy makers and representatives from the key institutions in the precinct: Department of Planning; Department of State and Regional Development; Department of Transport; – Randwick City Council; – UNSW; – Randwick Hospitals; and – Randwick Racecourse. Regular consultation with the Chambers of Commerce and Precinct Committees that are integrated with the specialised centre should also be undertaken. Issues that should be considered by such a committee include: – Economic development – Are the research agendas of UNSW and specialties of the hospitals sufficiently aligned for maximising health outcomes and economic opportunities? – What relationships between stakeholders in the precinct should be brokered to enhance economic opportunities? – What would the net economic benefits be of a staged purchase and development of land between the UNSW and hospital as a bio-tech hub or some other use? – What additional activities should be targeted or attracted to the area to boost the education and health cluster? – What role can the racecourse land play in economic development? – Are there joint marketing and branding initiatives that could be developed? – Accommodation needs – How significant is the collective excess demand for short and long-term accommodation around the centre? – Is there a dearth of aged housing in close proximity to the Hospitals? – How significant is the collective excess demand for affordable accommodation – for students at UNSW and staff at the Hospitals – around the centre? – What are the potential remedies? – Transport links – Where might future transport nodes best be positioned? – Is there a potential to expand the existing UNSW shuttle bus service to be jointly-run service? Could extending the coverage and operating hours help to link the centre to areas where there is more affordable housing? – Local amenity

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 97

Randwick Economic Activity Study

– How best could open space and pedestrian links be improved to support more interaction between the institutions and adjacent centres?

Integrating the public domain and improving public open space

Improve the public domain interfaces between the university, hospital and racecourse and the town centres and/or major streets. This could be achieved by requiring better address and encouraging more active uses on public streets, particularly Anzac Parade, High Street, Botany Street, Avoca Street, and Alison Road. Upgrade public domain areas between the university, hospital and racecourse and the town centres. Examples include High Street, between the University and Randwick Centre, and Anzac Parade, between the University and Kensington Centre. Identify opportunities to upgrade existing or provide new small public and local open space throughout the specialised centre area (particularly through the redevelopment of larger sites). Ideally, these spaces would also correspond with transport nodes and/or the locations of active uses. The High Cross Park at Randwick Junction is an example of existing public space that is currently underutilised. Develop a public domain plan for the Specialised Centre. Key issues for consideration include: coordination of public domain design across the Specialised Centre; improving quality of public domain areas between town centre and major institutions; identification of opportunities for new public space; identification of opportunities for public art; coordination of signage and way-finding; street trees and planting ; materials and street furniture; and a signage strategy. Public domain planning should extend to West Randwick including Alison Road, Darley Road and the Racecourse „Spectator Precinct‟.

Improving transport services and infrastructu re

Continue to lobby for improved public transport access, particularly new mass transit options. Consideration should be given to the preferred location of mass transit stations, key destinations and redevelopment opportunities that might be associated with additional transport infrastructure. Review locations and design of existing public transport nodes. It is preferable to be co-located with small open spaces and/or retail facilities or other active uses. Investigate options for a local transport „loop‟ within the specialised centre, building on UNSW‟s existing security shuttle-bus service. Future traffic management and parking provision should be coordinated with Council and major institutions so as to ensure efficient provision of parking facilities and to minimise potential for traffic congestion.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 98

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Detailed planning for opportunity sites

Develop design principles and, where appropriate, more detailed controls to inform future land use planning and urban design outcomes for development opportunity sites identified in Figure 45. Consider structure planning of the area between Randwick West and Centennial Park (that includes the TAFE, bus depot, etc.). With good access to Centennial Park and at close proximity to the racecourse, there is potential for both residential and non-residential uses to be intensified in this area. This area also presents an opportunity to strengthen the links between the TAFE and the local business community, in supporting start-up businesses and entrepreneurs and encouraging them to develop their businesses in the local area.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 99

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 45. Education and Health Specialised Centre – Strategies

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 100

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.2.4 Implementation

General

A coordinated business and master plan needs to be prepared that elevates the economic development role of the specialised centre, with any physical changes and public domain improvements serving economic aspirations. It is understood that Randwick Council has secured Department of Planning funding to undertake further work on planning options for the specialised centre. It is strongly recommended that Council approach UNSW, the hospital and racecourse for „top-up‟ additional funding that would enable this more significant business and masterplanning work to be undertaken. The Department of Planning would need to agree to this arrangement. A steering group also including the Department of State and Regional Development (DSRD) and potentially an officer from the Commonwealth Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Local Government could also be involved.

University of New South Wales

Increase student housing on or near campus. Improve address to public streets and legibility of campus entries. Improve external public domain quality, particularly to those streets that are major pedestrian routes, such as Anzac Parade, High Street and Botany Street.

Prince of Wales Hospital Complex

Increase residential accommodation on or near the hospital site for key support workers. Pursue intensification of medical research and related activities. Investigate opportunity for retail and commercial development addressing High Street where this would link and support Randwick town centre. Improve legibility of hospital entries and improve address to High Street and Avoca Streets. „Open up‟ the north eastern corner of the site, making heritage buildings a key feature. Investigate opportunities for giving this area a more public feel, combining open spaces and retail facilities (eg. a cafe). The Sydney Hospital courtyard between Macquarie Street and the Domain is a good precedent. Investigate other opportunities for activity hubs that combine open spaces and retail facilities to improve amenity for workers and visitors. Improve permeability of the Hospital Complex with clear and direct connections through the site. Implementation of the above should be subject to the completion of a master plan to identify future space demands for the hospitals complex and opportunity sites in more detail.

Randwick Racecourse

Intensification of uses should be pursued, particularly where development can provide mutual benefit for the racecourse and the university, hospital and/or Council. Improve address to public streets and legibility of racecourse entries.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 101

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Encourage redevelopment of the grandstand areas and main event spaces (the „Spectator Precinct‟) to provide contemporary multi-use facilities. The redevelopment should provide clearer access arrangements and a better public domain interface to Alison Road. Investigate the establishment of a pedestrian link through the north-west corner of the site to link Centennial Park to the Kensington town centre (though access may need to be limited to daylight hours and according to racecourse activity). Separate access arrangement for pedestrians, public transport and service vehicles. Investigate opportunities for the use of „in field‟ areas for sporting and recreation facilities. Investigate opportunities for redevelopment of the south-west corner of the racecourse grounds (the „High Street Precinct‟). This location has the potential to accommodate a major public transport node and interchange between light rail or metro rail and bus services. As such it is important that potential for future public transport is resolved before major redevelopment is considered in this location. This area is large enough to accommodate a range of compatible uses and master planning of the precinct is recommended to ensure appropriate built form outcomes, suitable mix and location of uses, activation of public domain areas and appropriate integration with existing centres (at Kensington for example), UNSW and Randwick Racecourse and public transport facilities. Potential uses could include: – Transport hub and interchange – the area is well located as a potential site for new transport facilities, such as a light rail or metro rail station (serving both the University and Racecourse), and an interchange with local bus services; – A combination of short and long term accommodation to serve the needs of patrons of the racecourse and visitors to the hospitals and UNSW. A public-private-partnership (PPP) project, which could involve contributions of land to leverage private investment, should be considered (colleges operated by this method at UNSW appear to have been successful); – Affordable housing for students, nurses or others; – Conference facilities; – Public open space – coupled with the transport hub, the location could provide small open space in the form of a park or plaza; and – Support retail facilities – these should complement the existing mix at Kensington and Kingsford. Subject to further investigation of demand and supply alternatives, the site may be appropriate for a supermarket.

West Randwick

Encourage Redevelopment of the TAFE site, the „opening up‟ of the northern edge of the Randwick Racecourse, and intensification of development on the northern commercial side of Alison Road. This could significantly alter the character and role of this small centre. Of particular benefit is the fact that it has excellent access to major open space, with Centennial Park located a few hundred metres away. Develop a structure plan for this area, adjacent sites on King Street and the West Randwick centre to guide the mix of uses, built form and access arrangements.

High Street

Has the potential to become a key axis in the specialised centre.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 102

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Future planning controls

Possibilities for future planning controls have been considered in light of the Department of Planning‟s standard LEP template; the template is discussed in more detail in Appendices Section 1.

In the short term: Utilise SP2 Infrastructure zoning for the University and Hospital. Utilise SP1 Special Uses zoning for the Racecourse. Under these land use zones, the permissible uses are: “The purpose shown on the Land Zoning Map, including any development that is ordinarily incidental or ancillary to development for that purpose.” If there are any particular land uses that are desirable in these locations and may not fall under the definition of “ordinarily incidental or ancillary” to the primary purpose of the zone, additional land uses could be added by under clause 2.5 and Schedule 1 of the LEP template “Additional permitted uses for particular land”. Retail/Commercial areas within the specialised centre could utilise the B3 Local Centre and/or B4 Mixed Uses zonings. Where there are larger lots on the western side of Anzac Parade in Kensington, the B5 Business Development and/or B6 Enterprise Corridor may be appropriate to support and encourage a different mix of land uses than exists within the other commercial areas within the specialised centre. Provide a broad range of permissible commercial and retail land uses in town centre zones so as to permit a range of medical and education related businesses and services.

Rezoning of any of the potential development sites identified in Figure 45 should not take place until further detailed investigations are undertaken to consider issues such as: Current and future levels of public transport service provision; Desired mix of uses; Opportunities to provide affordable housing; Opportunities for public open space, connections or thoroughfares; Requirements for public domain improvements; Opportunities for new areas to support active ground floor uses; Desirable patterns of lot amalgamation and/or subdivision; Preferred building envelopes and maximum development densities; Car parking rates sensitive to land use zoning and proximity to transport infrastructure and corridors; and Economic viability of development.

Following the completion of appropriate investigations, a staged program for rezoning should be devised that encourages new development in close proximity to existing or new public infrastructure: centres, open space and public transport.

In the longer term, land uses zoning may need to be changed to support the desired functions and mix of uses in the designated investigation areas. These might include:

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 103

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Utilising the B3 Local Centre and/or B4 Mixed Uses zonings on „High Street Precinct‟ of the Racecourse. Alternatively particular land uses may be made permissible without changing the zoning, via clause 2.5 of the LEP template (see above). Utilising the SP2 Infrastructure Zoning (or B3 Commercial Core) for the potential „Biohub‟ on land between the Hospital Complex and the University. Expanding the coverage of higher density residential zones (R4 High Density Residential and R3 Medium Density Residential) with the provision of mass transit public transport infrastructure on Anzac Parade.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 104

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.3 Town Centres

6.3.1 Overview

Outside of the specialised centre, a hierarchy of various centre types and locations provide important services to residents and visitors to the LGA.

Randwick City incorporates several healthy and vibrant street-based town centres. Although the centres have faced competition from large „stand alone‟ retail centres elsewhere in the eastern subregion (Eastgardens and Hillsdale) and Bondi Junction, they provide a „fine grain‟ and street- based retail experience, an alternative that is highly valued, by both residents and visitors. The centres are supported by affluent catchments (particularly in the north of the LGA) and high visitor traffic.

With the exception of the Randwick centre, the largest centres in Randwick City are situated along the North-South artery of the LGA, Anzac Parade. The northern centres (Randwick, Kensington, Kingsford) are generally convenience-based, capitalising on the high flow of passing traffic, relatively dense local residential populations, and benefit from close proximity to the institutions of the specialised centre.

Towards the centre of the LGA, Maroubra Junction is a major retail and service hub, with recent developments intensifying both residential densities, retail services and economic activity generally.

Further south there are a number of smaller centres, such as Malabar, which is a neighbourhood centre for surrounding residential areas, and La Perouse, at the southern point of the LGA, which is a destination for both domestic and overseas tourists.

Along the coast, at Coogee and Maroubra Beaches in particular, the centres tend to be more visitor-oriented, with a high proportion of businesses in the accommodation, cafes & restaurants industry. Between Anzac Parade and the coast there are also a number of smaller neighbourhood centres, which tend to serve local residents‟ convenience needs.

Matraville is a relatively large „local village‟ centre of a different nature. While it mainly serves the local resident community – and some workers in the industrial lands – it is situated on Bunnerong Road (which is wide and supports high traffic volumes), and is somewhat lacking in amenity. The centre currently has a relatively high incidence of vacancies.

Any strategy for centres within the Randwick LGA should seek to strengthen the existing roles and specialisation that exist as a result of differing nature of economic activity depending of centre location, size and market potential.

The hierarchy of centres as delineated in the East Subregional Strategy is generally appropriate. However, the collection of shops at the intersection of Bunnerong Road and Snape Street should be acknowledged (see the case study in Section 6.3.3 for more detail). There is also a small „neighbourhood centre‟ at Lexington Place (near Maroubra South) that has not been noted in the

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 105

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Subregional Strategy, though for the purposes of this study it was audited as part of the Maroubra South centre. In contrast, the potential business premises at the designated neighbourhood centre at Chifley are currently exclusively utilised for residential purposes. Nonetheless, Chifley‟s designation is probably appropriate from a longer term strategic perspective as the centre is well- located – it lies adjacent to a park and some distance from other neighbourhood centres.

At a broader level, there are three key centre typologies in the Randwick LGA: major inland service and specialised centre; local village centres; and coastal centres.

The general arrangement of these centres types within the Randwick is outlined in Figure 46.

Figure 46. Centre Typology, Randwick City

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 106

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.3.2 Strategies

General

Protect and promote the street-based character of Randwick City‟s town centres. Enhance linkages between different centres. In particular: – Improve visitor (and local) awareness of the range of activities and locales in close proximity to one another at Randwick City (such as bike-riding at Centennial Park, plane- watching at Port Botany and national parkland at historical La Perouse). – Improve awareness with respect to bicycle and pedestrian trails around the City.

Improving amenity in Maroubra Junction

With its designation as a Major Centre in the draft East Subregional Subregional Strategy, Maroubra Junction is well positioned to support increased residential densities and associated retail and commercial services. However, increasing the residential population in the Junction and broader area needs to be balanced with commensurate improvements in amenity of the centre, including the provision of public spaces (including green space), access to open space, and adequate public transport: Improve facilities in local open spaces such as Snape Park, Nagle Park, Heffron Park and Coral Sea Park. Improve legibility and quality of public domain connection from Maroubra Junction and adjacent local parks. The potential addition of a light rail or metro rail on the alignment of Anzac Parade will provide opportunities for new public spaces in the centre of Anzac Parade (associated with the station entrance) and supporting retail spaces. Any redevelopment of the commercial centre should prioritise retaining or instating a fine grain of ground floor tenancies should be a priority, to ensure an active and vibrant public domain. Where permitting site amalgamations to facilitate redevelopment and intensification is desirable, controls on the maximum width of tenancy at the street frontage should be implemented (e.g. 6 metres).

Planning for growth in Coastal Centr es

Plan for increased visitor numbers to the coastal centres and support associated uses. Historical trends suggest growth in visitor numbers is highly likely and forward-planning would help to ensure that the character of individual centres is protected as this occurs. Limited expansion of commercially zoned area should be explored for Coogee, Maroubra and La Perouse, to ensure supply of services and facilities for both visitors and residents. Encourage a shift in modal split of visitors to these centres through parking policies, including shorter term parking restrictions and metering in core activity areas, and lobbying for more effective public transport.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 107

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Developing a distinct role for Local Village and Neighbourhood Centres

In general, encourage containment of retailing to the existing centre footprint. Some centres may be suitable for expansion to provide additional opportunities for retail and commercial activities (with convenience retailing encouraged), particularly those in the southern portion of the LGA where further residential growth is likely in the medium to longer term. Permit mixed uses (i.e. residential, particularly at shop top levels) in these centres but control the mix of uses to ensure sufficient non-residential floorspace is provided. Flexible/adaptable ground and first floor structures should be encouraged at the edges of centres (where retail uses are currently not viable) through appropriate planning controls. The design of the space should permit both residential and non-residential uses to be interchanged in the future as the role and size of the centres change. A „terrace house style‟ of development with minimal or no front setback and no side setbacks is suitable in locations where this type of adaptability is desirable. Achieving a „fine grain‟ of retail and commercial development (that is, maximising the number of tenancies within a retail strip or centre) is an important factor in the vibrancy and viability of smaller centres. One of the characteristics that sets traditional shopping strips apart from many „big box‟ retail shopping facilities is the finer grain of the former (and resulting concentration of retail and other services) as opposed to the more coarse grain of the latter. Whilst consolidation might be desirable to facilitate the redevelopment of sites, fine grain can be maintained through planning controls that establish a maximum width of individual tenancies at the street frontage. Increase residential densities in the immediate vicinity of existing centres to support the viability of centres and public transport. Consider reducing car parking rates in developments within the immediate vicinity of small centres. Dwellings with no parking should be viewed as a means of providing housing choice, increasing affordability, improving public transport patronage and increasing the viability of developments in centres. Strict locational criteria would need to be implemented, for example: less than 100 metres from regular public transport, local shops and local open space. Requirements for adequate facilities for cycle parking/access and even motorcycle parking should be considered. Promote a complementary business mix in smaller centres to support successful neighbourhood hubs. Work with the Chambers of Commerce and established businesses and property owners to publicise opportunities and attract the „right‟ uses and to brand the centres (in light of their catchments and typology). Promote innovation and start-up business, particularly in those centres that are well-placed to expand. There is a potential role for Council in providing helpful information for small (and home-based) businesses.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 108

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.3.3 Implementation

Inland Major Service Centres

In the short term: The B2 Local Centre and/or B4 Mixed Use land use zones are likely to be the most appropriate for the commercial areas of these centres. The compulsory zone objectives for B2 Local Centre appear most suitable, though additional zone objectives could be added to customise the B4 Mixed Use Zone (provided these are appropriate for all areas in the LGA where this zoning is applied). A Commercial Core zoning is probably not appropriate in these areas that are not intended as major employment destinations. In the case of the Randwick hospital complex the SP2 zoning should be utilised. Alternative measures should be considered to ensure an adequate supply of non-residential development in mixed use developments, such as setting a maximum proportion of the total FSRs that can be utilised for residential purposes or a minimum proportion of the total FSR that must be provided for non-residential uses, or, as currently applies at Maroubra Junction, specifying different land uses on particular levels within building envelopes. R4 High Density Residential and R3 Medium Density Residential land use zones should be utilised for residential areas and RE1 Public Recreation for existing and new public open space.

Coastal Centres

Utilise B3 Local Centre and B4 Mixed Uses zonings. Where there is legitimate concern that local services are being pushed out of Coastal Centres, the B1 Neighbourhood Centre zone may be selectively used to encourage a mix of local services. Permit residential uses (particularly shop top housing) in these zones but utilise local provisions to ensure sufficient non-residential floorspace and active ground floor uses. A minimum proportion of non-residential uses in new developments may be appropriate. The proportion may need to be varied both between centres and within centres. The potential location of backpackers‟ accommodation can be managed through the prudent use of the B3 Local Centre, B4 Mixed Uses zonings or B1 Neighbourhood Centre zones. Within the B3 zone in the LEP template, backpackers‟ accommodation is a mandatory inclusion by virtue of the broader land use definition “Tourist and visitor accommodation”. On the other hand, the B1 and B4 zones include “Hotel or motel accommodation” as a compulsory land use permissible with consent, but do not include “Tourist and visitor accommodation”.

Local Village and Neighbourhood Centres

Utilise B1 Neighbourhood Centre and/or B3 Local Centre, depending on the function of the centre.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 109

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Permit additional residential uses in these zones but utilise local provisions to ensure active ground floor uses and/or enforce a minimum proportion of new developments for non- residential uses to be provided as adaptable space (that could support either residential, commercial or retail uses in future). In centres that may require expansion in the future, identify locations where flexible/adaptable ground and first floors should be encouraged to permit residential and non-residential uses to be interchanged. No immediate changes to land use zoning may be required but specific design controls should be introduced (setbacks, floor to ceiling height, level access, subdivision/amalgamation controls, etc.). Reduce car parking rates in development within the immediate vicinity of small centres as a means of providing housing choice, increasing affordability, improving public transport patronage and increasing the viability of development. Introduce maximum frontage requirements for individual tenancies within small centres to ensure a fine grain of active uses.

Case studies

These examples are provided to illustrate potential strategies and planning controls that could be applied in local village centres. It is not possible to consider each centre individually in this study, but three potential models – that might be applied on further analysis – are outlined below.19

1. Expansion of existing centre: Snape Street

The corner of Bunnerong Road and Snape Street currently hosts a collection of existing shops that are not acknowledged in East Subregional Strategy. This location should be considered as having good prospects for expansion however, as it has good access to public transport, open space (Snape Park, Glanville Avenue Reserve and Rowland Park) and higher order centres (Kingsford and Maroubra Junction).

Strategies for growth in this centre might include: Expanding opportunities for retail and commercial development; expansion could occur along Bunnerong Road, Botany Street or Snape Street. Increasing residential densities within a close radius of the intersection of Snape Street and Bunnerong Road. Consider building envelopes to determine preferred patterns of site amalgamation and FSR and height controls. Buildings should generally be consistent with the traditional built form of retail/commercial streets, with structures built to the street edge and up to a maximum of 3 or 4 storeys. Stimulate redevelopment with: Modest increases in FSR and height limits (over those that apply in the current 3(b) zoned areas); Reduced parking requirements (to decrease development costs); Improved amenity and attractiveness of centres (with public domain improvements).

19 The particular centres chosen are examples only and the appropriateness of any particular approach to any particular centre should be the subject of further investigations.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 110

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2. Containment and intensification of existing centre: Frenchman‟s Road

The existing small village at Frenchman‟s Road provides a good mix of uses and good access to transport.

Strategies for intensification of this centre might include: – Increasing residential densities within a close radius of the centre. Consider building envelopes to determine preferred patterns of site amalgamation and FSR and height controls. Expanding opportunities for retail and commercial development within the existing centre footprint by: Encouraging the provision of commercial floorspace at first floor level. Encouraging the provision of commercial floorspace at first floor level and housing that provides live/work opportunities. Buildings should generally be consistent with the traditional built form of retail/commercial streets, with structures built to the street edge and up to a maximum of 3 or 4 storeys. Stimulate redevelopment with: Modest increases in FSR and height limits (over those that apply in the current 3(b) zoned areas); Reduced parking requirements (to decrease development costs).

3. Revitalisation of existing centre: Matraville

Matraville is situated on busy Bunnerong Road and has a high incidence of vacancies.

In the shorter term, there is a potential role for Council in supporting the vitality of Matraville business zone. Steps towards this end could include: – Promoting Matraville as a proximate centre to the industrial lands; – Improving amenity (with general beautification and the provision of a public toilet); – Restricting duration of parking on Bunnerong Road during business hours; – Encouraging and promoting businesses likely to be successful in the area and complementary to the current retail mix – an anchor tenant, such as ALDI, or the promotion of a niche specialisation (such as motorcycle parts and maintenance) would help to boost activity.

Over the longer term horizon, intensification of activity in Matraville is most likely to be supported through the intensification of residential development in nearby areas, based on the introduction of mass transit public transport infrastructure linking the southern parts of Randwick LGA to Sydney CBD. Regeneration of state-owned housing assets would complement this strategy.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 111

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.4 Industrial Area

6.4.1 Overview

In the course of the last three decades industrial land use in Sydney has followed a consistent pattern: – stocks of vacant land in short supply in inner and core areas and increasing outwards with increasing distance from the centre; – progressive absorption of the available supplies from inner areas outwards, leading to declining vacancy rates over time; and – continuing additions to the stock of industrial land in outer and fringe areas.

The continuing take-up of industrial land in inner and middle areas illustrates the continuing importance of accessibility, and proximity to business services available in inner Sydney. At the same time the steady outward shift has reflected: – shifts in the centre of gravity of Sydney as a market; – increased importance of access to the national highway and rail systems for firms with a national focus; – improved accessibility to outer and fringe areas; and – the need for larger (and cheaper) units of land per unit of output.

The escalation in land prices has increased the pressure on industrial uses in inner and established parts of the city, particularly in areas with high amenity values suited for residential development

In the industrial areas of Randwick City pressures for residential conversion are modest due to: relatively poor residential amenity; well entrenched heavy industrial uses (Amcor and Port Botany); and State Government policy that advocates „holding‟ on to employment lands near the significant infrastructure like the port and airport.

Nevertheless, some change in these areas can be expected in the coming years. Some uses may be able to relocate to cheaper industrial areas on the urban fringe and intensification may be anticipated. Pressure to locate bulky good retail services in these areas is also apparent.

6.4.2 Analysis

Land Use

The lands in the immediate vicinity of Port Botany are utilised for a range of purposes, including: port-related activities such as freight & logistics and empty container storage, heavy industry and manufacturing (that does not necessarily have a strong relationship to the port);

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 112

Randwick Economic Activity Study

non-port-related activities such as local light industry (auto repairs, storage); urban services (an STA bus depot and recycling facilities); a cemetery; and significant areas within close proximity to the port also support residential uses. The locations of these various land uses are influenced by proximity to the port, access to major arterial routes and lot sizes. Freight, logistics and manufacturing operations are typically located on larger lots with good access to both the port and arterial routes. These activities are generally serviced via Bunnerong, Botany, Beauchamp and Military Roads (the first three of which are State Roads), with semi-trailer B-double trucks used by larger operations, and lighter weight trucks or panel vans used by smaller operations. Urban services tend to be located in similar areas, where land holdings are larger, there is good heavy vehicle access and operating impacts do not affect residential areas. Whilst urban services do not pose any operation conflict with freight, logistics or manufacturing operations, their location on prime land within very close proximity to the port may not be desirable as port operations expand into the future. (In fact, the Council's recycling centre in the port zone is closing.) Local industries and smaller freight & logistics operations are generally located on smaller lots and in small strata industrial units. These are concentrated in a discrete area located between Beauchamp Road, Botany Road, McCauley Street and Perry Street. The small lot/tenancies in this area ensure that these activities are unlikely to be displaced by more land hungry freight, logistics and manufacturing operations. With intensification of land uses on industrial land the potential for interface issues between the industrially zoned area and residential areas will increase. The design of some existing industrial development (e.g. loading areas located adjacent to residential areas) has exacerbated these impacts.

Development control

Consultation with business in the area suggests that development applications are typically dealt with on a case-by-case basis and there are few specified development controls in the industrial zoned area. Current planning instruments that apply to the industrial areas include the 1998 LEP (which contains a maximum FSR of 1:1 and some usage restrictions), and DCPs that set out requirements related to parking and signage.

Governance

There is presently no forum for the coordination of planning and development issues regarding the Port and Environs Specialised Centre.

Strategic and special sites

The AMCOR site is a key land holding in close proximity to the port and may be more intensively utilised in the future. Demand for land in this location is most likely to be port- related freight and logistics.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 113

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.4.3 Strategies

Strategies for the future management of the industrial land in the Randwick LGA should focus on: ensuring adequate land is available for the likely expansion of port-related activities; ensuring appropriate locations remain available for urban services and local light industries that are critical to the local and subregional economy; providing certainty with clear land uses zones and development controls; mitigating potential negative impacts on residents; and governance arrangements for the Port and Environs Specialised Centre.

Protecting land for growth of the Specialised Centre

Restrict further subdivision and/or strata titling of larger lots in the industrial lands (in the areas with port or heavy industry uses) to prevent further fragmentation (see „Implementation‟ section following for more detail). A legislated restriction to “port-related” activity is not recommended, as this broader intention would be difficult to specify and would probably create uncertainty amongst land users. In any case, if appropriate supply characteristics (principally minimum lot sizes) are protected, market forces should ensure port-related activity continues to dominate. Ensure any redevelopment of the AMCOR site does not compromise its future potential to support port-related uses. Subdivision of this site should only be permitted where it can be demonstrated that the resulting land parcels would not compromise the potential for the site to be utilised for these purposes (e.g. lots that are too small or a subdivision pattern that compromises access or development potential of a site). If future planning for the Port Botany Specialised Centre identifies the need to set aside land for a higher density industrial centre, the AMCOR site would be one potential location for a concentration of office-based employment particularly as the interface with existing residential development is a limitation for future industrial uses of the site. It may be advantageous if the port itself acquired this site to integrate it more effectively with port-related operations. Non-port-related activities that are in close proximity to the port (such as the STA bus depot) are likely to be under pressure in the medium to long term to relocate to make land available for port-related uses. Council should work with the State government and other organisations likely to be affected by these pressures, particularly in the urban services category, to ensure substitute land in Randwick City (or adjacent areas) can be found. Existing areas of small lots and strata tenancies should be retained for local light industries and smaller-scale port-related activities. Bulky goods retail and any other retail activity should be prohibited from these areas as they are likely to displace existing land uses. Preserve the triangle of industrial land between Perry Street, Beauchamp Road and Denison Street as a local light industrial precinct. Consider converting the unfinished strip of Denison Road into public domain or a park for nearby workers. Refer to Figure 6 for a potential land use strategy for Port Botany and Environs.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 114

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Development control

For areas generally intended for local light industries and smaller-scale port-related activities, the existing floorspace ratio control of 1:1 is appropriate. A Light Industry zoning (IN2) is generally likely to be the most appropriate zone for these areas. For areas generally intended for port-related or heavy industry uses, a lower floorspace ratio is recommended (0.7:1) as a means of encouraging large scale port-related uses (that generally utilise less than 1:1 floorspace ratio) and discouraging considerable office or administration activities in these locations. A General Industry zoning (IN1) is generally likely to be the most appropriate zone for these areas.

Providing certainty and protecting amenity

Streamline Council processes and improve certainty for businesses in the industrial lands by specifying development and usage controls, rather than dealing with issues on a case-by-case basis. An examination of typical restrictions imposed upon individual businesses and specific development applications could inform this process; consultation suggests that guidance on permissibility of retail-related uses, and hours of operation are particularly relevant issues. Work with Botany Council to amend the LGA boundary that currently intersects several properties; a boundary that follows the curve of Bunnerong Road would be more sensible. Promote development principles and strategies to manage interfaces between industrial and residential areas. In particular, encourage higher-impact activities to be located and oriented away from boundaries with residentially zoned land.

Coordinating Governance of the Specialis ed Centre

Work with State government in the management and coordination of land uses and economic activity in the Port and Environs Specialised Centre. Key issues that require or would benefit from a coordinated approach across LGA boundaries include: monitoring demand and supply of land for the full range of economic activities within the specialised centre; consistent planning controls across the specialised centre; traffic management; and development of approaches to the management of interfaces between residential areas and non-residential land uses.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 115

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 47. Port Botany Industrial Lands – Strategies

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 116

Randwick Economic Activity Study

6.4.4 Implementation

Planning controls

In the short term: Utilise SP2 Infrastructure zoning for the Port land In general, further subdivision and/or strata titling of land parcels should prohibited. Subdivision of larger land parcels (50,000 sqm) should only be permissible where it can be demonstrated that such subdivision does not alienate the potential for land to be utilised for port-related transport, freight and logistics activities, given that these activities generally require: Land parcels of at least 20,000 sqm; Unimpeded heavy vehicle access; and Topography that is general flat. Possible land use zoning for industrial areas other than the port land might include IN1 General Industry, IN2 Light Industry or IN3 Heavy Industry (though if heavier industrial uses are to be excluded generally from all industrial areas, then a single zone may be appropriate). To protect residential interfaces a „lighter‟ industrial zoning should be applied to industrial land that has an interface with residential development. The depth of this buffer zone will need to be determined based on more detailed analysis of existing land parcels and the potential to utilise „split zoning‟ of larger lands parcels such as the Amcor site. In general the buffer zoning should be at least 50 – 100 metres in depth. The current maximum permissible floorspace ratio of 1:1 is sufficient for industrial activities. However, consideration could be given to reducing the ratio on the larger lots surrounding the port to further protect these lands for industrial purposes (that tend to utilise substantial hardstand area). The resultant variation in floorspace regulations would assist in directing more office-intensive employment to other lots. Interfaces with residential areas should be controlled via a combination of appropriate zonings, restrictions on access and built form controls. LEP and/or DCP controls should address issues such as: the provision of adequate setbacks on industrial land that adjoins residential development; landscaping, include significant trees in setback areas; the design of industrial buildings to ensure that all apertures, loading and unloading facilities and vehicular access is oriented away from residential development (i.e. generally to the west and south). restrictions on operating hours, which may be appropriate in particularly sensitive locations. Detailed planning and design issues should be addressed through location-specific DCP controls that take account of the final zoning on industrial land, the size and shape of existing land parcels and existing access arrangements.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 117

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Case study

Amcor site

Given that it is one of the larger sites in the industrial area, the AMCOR site is of strategic importance to the Port Botany Specialised Centre. Development options should be considered in terms of the way in which they impact on potential uses of this site going forward. If the heritage facade along McCauley Street is protected, it could be tied in with an appropriate structure for industrial-related office facilities (though limited public transport access would provide some impediment to this). With a localised precinct of more dense employment, there is potential for this street – which has the potential to provide good amenity – to become a hub for the industrial area. This would temper the trend for new strata lot developments to set aside some space for cafe or other small retailer to service the needs of workers.

In any case, a development application for redevelopment of the AMCOR site has recently been approved. The new mill will require less space that presently required and surplus land maybe considered for other industrial uses. However, any subdivision of the AMCOR site should be considered in light of the options for effective access for freight vehicles (which for operations on larger sites, tend to be B-double semi-trailer trucks). SGS has illustrated a series of different potential access options Figure 48 and Figure 49. Options 1a and 1b show where internal access is feasible given the site dimensions. Option 2 presents another access option – prohibiting heavy vehicles – that runs closer to the residential areas.

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 118

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 48. AMCOR Site Access: Internal

Source: SGS Figure 49. AMCOR Site Access: Dual Internal and External Routes

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - July 2008).doc P. 119

Randwick Economic Activity Study Appendices Section 1

Randwick City Council July 2008

This proposal has been prepared on behalf of:

This report has been prepared by: SGS Economics and Planning Pty. Ltd. ACN 007 437 729 Suite 12/50 Reservoir Street, Surry Hills NSW 2010 phone: 61 2 8307 0121 fax: 61 2 8307 0126 email: [email protected] web: www.sgs-pl.com.au Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table of Contents

1 Local Environmental Plans ...... 2

1.1 Randwick City Local Environmental Plan, 1998 ...... 2 1.2 NSW Standard LEP Template ...... 4

2 Resident Demographics ...... 10

3 Supply-side Detail – UNSW & Randwick Hospitals ...... 15

4 Demand-side Projections ...... 25

4.1 Overview ...... 25 4.2 Randwick City Totals ...... 27 4.3 Health and Education Sectors ...... 29 4.4 Industrial Area ...... 31 4.5 Other Employment Lands – Including Town Centres ...... 34

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. i

Randwick Economic Activity Study

1 Local Environmental Plans

1.1 Randwick City Local Environmental Plan, 1998

Landuse zones

The LEP contains 13 land uses zones whose key permissible development aspects are summarised below:

– Four residential zones: 2A (Residential A Zone), 2B (Residential B Zone), 2C (Residential C Zone), 2D (Residential D – Comprehensive Development Zone) 2A permits dwellings and attached dwellings. 2B permits same range of uses as 2A with the addition of multi-unit housing and serviced apartments. 2C permits same range of uses as 2B with the addition of hospitals, motels and car parks. 2A, 2B and 2C all allow group homes without consent. 2D allows the same range as 2C except for hospitals and motels. These are replaced with restaurants and residential care facilities. In the 2C zone, group homes do not require consent. In this LEP, the ‘multi-unit’ housing definition is sufficiently broad to capture RFBs, townhouses and villa developments.

– Two business zones: 3A (General Business Zone) and 3B (Local Business Zone) 3A applies to all traditional centres including Maroubra Junction, Randwick, Kensington and Coogee. 3B applies to all local business centres . Multi-unit housing is permitted in the 3A zone with consent but prohibited in the 3B zone. Light Industry, restricted premises, serviced apartments, dwellings, and plant equipment and hire are potentially permissible with consent however development needs to address objectives of the zone.

– Two industrial zones: 4A (Industrial Zone) and 4B (Port Botany Zone) 4A prohibits hazardous and offensive industry but does not prohibit light industry, warehousing, commercial offices and similar development and the objectives of the zone indicate that these uses are preferred. 4B allows for port related activities with consent (i.e. container depots, bulk stores, port facilities which buildings, structures and activities related to loading and unloading of cargo).

– Special Uses zone: 5 (Special Uses) - Zone 5 applies to most of the education and health facilities in the LGA and other public authority sites such as Long Bay Correctional Facility.

– Two Open Space zones: 6A (Open Space Zone) and 6B (Private Open Space Zone) 6A applies all public open space areas and includes the network of coastal open space area of the eastern coastline of most of Randwick and Centennial parklands. 6B applies to all private open space made up predominantly of golf course lands and land adjoining Malabar headland.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 2

– One Environmental Protection Zone: 7 (Environmental Protection Zone – Natural Heritage Areas Zone) This zone refers to two pockets of urban bushland. One site shares a boundary with residentially zoned lots and the St Michaels Golf Course. The other is an isolated pocket adjoining the Randwick Barracks and residential developments.

– One National Parks Zone: 8 (National Parks Zone) This zone applies to Botany Bay National Park and Malabar Headland

Floor Space Ratios

The floor space ratios for residential, business and industrial zones are set out in the LEP are as follows: – Buildings other than a dwelling house in 2A, 2B, 2C is 0.5:1, 0.65:1 and 0.9:1 respectively; – 2C is 0.65:1 where site is < 700 m2 – 3A and 3B zones are set out as on zoning map: 3:1 (i.e. Kingsford), 2:1 (i.e. Randwick), 1.5:1 (i.e. Coogee and Arden Street, Clovelly, West Randwick) and 1:1 ( i.e. small village centres). – 0.5:1 for boarding houses, dwelling, group homes and multi-unit housing in zone 5 – The FSR requirement for Industrial zoned land is 1:1.

Other clauses related to residential, business and employment lands

– Unzoned land (clause 39) – Development of unzoned land on the zoning map (not coloured) is permissible with consent and may be for the purpose of anything which is permissible on adjoining land – Certain non-residential uses in Zone 2D (Clause 35A) – business premises, local shops, medical centres or restaurants may be allowed in zone 2D is limited to ground floor non-residential uses, serves the local community and will not impact residential amenity – Additional development in industrial zones (clause 36) – container depots are not permitted in certain 4A lands shown by distinctive shading on the zoning map. This area is located at the residential/industrial interface at Matraville. – Development in special uses zone (clause 37A) – council can consider development in the special uses zone as long as it does not impact on the amenity of the locality and is compatible with the character of the locality. – Masterplans (clause 40A) – this clause requires the preparation of master plans

Town centre and heritage clauses

– Kensington town centre (clause 42C), Maroubra Junction Town Centre (clause 42D) and Matraville Town Centre (clauses 42DA) list objectives for development in the town centres that include: – Achieving high quality design – Encouraging a vibrant and active town centre that provides a range of facilities and services – Providing opportunities for residential development

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 3

– Maroubra Junction Town Centre (clause 42D) and Matraville Town Centre (clauses 42DA) also contain building heights for these town centres with heights for up to 8 storey developments and up to 5 storey developments respectively – Heritage provisions (clauses 43-48) provide controls for development in heritage conservation areas and for development to and in the vicinity of heritage items. Of particular relevance to the study are the heritage conservation areas encompassing the Randwick Town Centre (and many parts of the north of the LGA) and a portion of heritage conservation within the special uses zone south of the Port Botany employment lands.

Schedules

The schedules of the LEP relate to: – Schedule 1 – (repealed) – Schedule 2 – Development for certain additional purposes. – Schedule 3 – Heritage items – Schedules 4 – Known or potential archaeological sites – Schedule 5 – Classification of reclassification of public land as operational land

1.2 NSW Standard LEP Template

Table 1 provides a summary of the 14 zones within the NSW Standard LEP Template that are likely to be used for areas of significant employment and economic activity. For each zone the name, code, standard objective and mandatory land uses (that must be included in the permissible with consent column of the LEP) are listed. Councils can add zone objectives, but cannot remove or amend the standard objectives. Councils can add additional permissible and/or prohibited land uses, but cannot remove or prohibit land uses that are mandatory under the template.

Table 2 that follows lists the potential application of NSW Standard Template Zones based on both Metropolitan Strategy centre typologies and by various types of employment precincts. The table has four columns: 1. Centre type; 2. Template zones that are most likely to be used in that centre type (not all zones will be required in all centres); 3. Template zones that may be used in that centre type; and 4. Template zones that are unlikely to be used in that centre.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 4

Table 1. NSW Standard LEP Template – Zones

ZONE Zone objectives Land uses permissible with consent

B1 Neighbourhood To provide a range of small-scale retail, business and Business premises community uses that serve the needs of people who live or Centre Child care centres work in the surrounding neighbourhood. Community facilities Neighbourhood shops Shop top housing

B2 Local Centre To provide a range of retail, business, entertainment and Business premises community uses that serve the needs of people who live in, Child care centres work in and visit the local area. Community facilities To encourage employment opportunities in accessible Educational establishments locations. Entertainment facilities To maximise public transport patronage and encourage walking Function centres and cycling. Information and education facilities Office premises Passenger transport facilities Recreation facilities (indoor) Registered clubs Retail premises Service stations Shop top housing Tourist and visitor accommodation

B3 Commercial To provide a wide range of retail, business, office, Business premises Core entertainment, community and other suitable land uses that Child care centres serve the needs of the local and wider community. Community facilities To encourage appropriate employment opportunities in Educational establishments accessible locations. Entertainment facilities To maximise public transport patronage and encourage walking Function centres and cycling. Hotel or motel accommodation Information and education facilities Office premises Passenger transport facilities Recreation facilities (indoor) Registered clubs Retail premises

B4 Mixed Use To provide a mixture of compatible land uses. Boarding houses Business premises To integrate suitable business, office, residential, retail and other development in accessible locations so as to maximise Child care centres public transport patronage and encourage walking and cycling. Community facilities Educational establishments Entertainment facilities Function centres Hotel or motel accommodation Information and education facilities Office premises Passenger transport facilities Recreation facilities (indoor) Registered clubs Retail premises Seniors housing Shop top housing

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 5

ZONE Zone objectives Land uses permissible with consent

B5 Business To enable a mix of business and warehouse uses, and Child care centres Development specialised retail uses that require a large floor area, in Passenger transport facilities locations that are close to, and that support the viability of, centres. Warehouse or distribution centres

B6 Enterprise To promote businesses along main roads and to encourage a Business premises Corridor mix of compatible uses. Community facilities

To provide a range of employment uses (including business, Hotel or motel accommodation office, retail and light industrial uses) and residential uses (but Landscape and garden supplies only as part of a mixed use development). Light industries To maintain the economic strength of centres by limiting Passenger transport facilities retailing activity. Timber and building supplies Warehouse or distribution centres

B7 Business Park To provide a range of office and light industrial uses. Child care centres Light industries To encourage employment opportunities. Neighbourhood shops To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to Office premises meet the day to day needs of workers in the area. Passenger transport facilities Warehouse or distribution centres

IN1 General To provide a wide range of industrial and warehouse land uses. Depots Industrial Freight transport facilities To encourage employment opportunities. Light industries To minimise any adverse effect of industry on other land uses. Neighbourhood shops Warehouse or distribution centres

IN2 Light Industrial To provide a wide range of light industrial, warehouse and Depots related land uses. Light industries

To encourage employment opportunities and to support the Neighbourhood shops viability of centres. Warehouse or distribution centres

To minimise any adverse effect of industry on other land uses.

To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of workers in the area.

IN3 Heavy Industrial To provide suitable areas for those industries that need to be Depots separated from other land uses. Freight transport facilities

To encourage employment opportunities. Hazardous industries Hazardous storage establishments To minimise any adverse effect of heavy industry on other land Heavy industries uses. Offensive industries Offensive storage establishments Warehouse or distribution centres

IN4 Working To retain and encourage waterfront industrial and maritime Boat launching ramps Waterfront activities. Boat repair facilities

To identify sites for maritime purposes and for activities that Jetties require direct waterfront access. Light industries

To ensure that development does not have an adverse impact on the environmental and visual qualities of the foreshore.

To encourage employment opportunities.

To minimise any adverse effect of development on land uses in other zones.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 6

ZONE Zone objectives Land uses permissible with consent

SP1 Special To provide for special land uses that are not provided for in The purpose shown on the Land Activities other zones. Zoning Map, including any development that is ordinarily To provide for sites with special natural characteristics that are incidental or ancillary to development not provided for in other zones. for that purpose.

To facilitate development that is in keeping with the special characteristics of the site or its existing or intended special use, and that minimises any adverse impacts on surrounding land.

SP2 Infrastructure To provide for infrastructure and related uses. The purpose shown on the Land Zoning Map, including any To prevent development that is not compatible with or that may development that is ordinarily detract from the provision of infrastructure. incidental or ancillary to development for that purpose.

SP3 Tourist To provide for a variety of tourist-oriented development and Food and drink premises related uses. Tourist and visitor accommodation

Source: Department of Planning, SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 7

Table 2. NSW Standard LEP Template – Application to Centres

LEP TEMPLATE ZONES CENTRE TYPE likely to be used may be used unlikely to be used

Regional City B3 Commercial Core B6 Enterprise Corridor B7 Business Park B4 Mixed Use SP1 Special Activities IN1 General Industrial B5 Business Development SP2 Infrastructure IN2 Light Industrial RE1 Public Recreation SP3 Tourist IN3 Heavy Industrial R4 High Density Residential RE2 Private Recreation R2 Low Density Residential R1 General Residential R3 Medium Density Res.

Major Centre B3 Commercial Core B6 Enterprise Corridor B7 Business Park B4 Mixed Use SP1 Special Activities IN1 General Industrial B5 Business Development SP2 Infrastructure IN2 Light Industrial RE1 Public Recreation SP3 Tourist IN3 Heavy Industrial R4 High Density Residential RE2 Private Recreation R2 Low Density Residential R1 General Residential R3 Medium Density Res.

Town Centre B2 Local Centre B3 Commercial Core B7 Business Park B4 Mixed Use B5 Business Development IN1 General Industrial RE1 Public Recreation B6 Enterprise Corridor IN2 Light Industrial R3 Medium Density Res. SP1 Special Activities IN3 Heavy Industrial R4 High Density Residential SP2 Infrastructure R2 Low Density Residential RE2 Private Recreation R1 General Residential

Village B2 Local Centre SP1 Special Activities B3 Commercial Core B4 Mixed Use SP2 Infrastructure B5 Business Development RE1 Public Recreation RE2 Private Recreation B7 Business Park R3 Medium Density Res. R1 General Residential IN1 General Industrial IN2 Light Industrial IN3 Heavy Industrial

Small Village B2 Local Centre SP1 Special Activities B3 Commercial Core B4 Mixed Use SP2 Infrastructure B5 Business Development RE1 Public Recreation RE2 Private Recreation B7 Business Park R3 Medium Density Res. R1 General Residential IN1 General Industrial IN2 Light Industrial IN3 Heavy Industrial

Neighbourhood B1 Neighbourhood Centre B4 Mixed Use B2 Local Centre Centre R3 Medium Density Res. SP1 Special Activities B3 Commercial Core SP2 Infrastructure B5 Business Development RE1 Public Recreation B7 Business Park RE2 Private Recreation IN1 General Industrial R1 General Residential IN2 Light Industrial R4 High Density Residential IN3 Heavy Industrial

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 8

EMPLOYMENT LEP TEMPLATE ZONES PRECINCT TYPE likely to be used may be used unlikely to be used

Specialised Centre SP1 Special Activities B1 Neighbourhood Centre SP2 Infrastructure B2 Local Centre B3 Commercial Core B4 Mixed Use B5 Business Development B6 Enterprise Corridor B7 Business Park IN1 General Industrial IN2 Light Industrial IN3 Heavy Industrial SP3 Tourist

Enterprise Corridor B6 Enterprise Corridor B1 Neighbourhood Centre B2 Local Centre B4 Mixed Use B3 Commercial Core B5 Business Development IN3 Heavy Industrial IN1 General Industrial IN2 Light Industrial R3 Medium Density Res. R4 High Density Residential

Business Park B7 Business Park B3 Commercial Core B4 Mixed Use Precinct B5 Business Development IN1 General Industrial B6 Enterprise Corridor IN3 Heavy Industrial RE1 Public Recreation R1 General Residential RE2 Private Recreation R2 Low Density Residential IN2 Light Industrial R3 Medium Density Res. R4 High Density Residential

Light Industry IN1 General Industrial B1 Neighbourhood Centre IN3 Heavy Industrial Precinct IN2 Light Industrial B4 Mixed Use R3 Medium Density Res. B5 Business Development R4 High Density Residential B6 Enterprise Corridor RE1 Public Recreation RE2 Private Recreation R1 General Residential R2 Low Density Residential

Heavy Industry IN3 Heavy Industrial B5 Business Development B4 Mixed Use Precinct IN1 General Industrial IN1 General Industrial IN2 Light Industrial RE1 Public Recreation RE2 Private Recreation R1 General Residential R2 Low Density Residential R3 Medium Density Res. R4 High Density Residential

Source: Department of Planning, SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 9

2 Resident Demographics

At the 2006 census count, the population of Randwick was 122,175, an increase of 2.8% over the 1996 population (118,905). This population increase was less than the rate experienced in the Sydney Statistical Division, where the population increased by approximately 10.9% over the same period.

Randwick City is most densely populated in the north-eastern region, between Randwick Junction and Coogee Beach. Consistent with this, there are a large number of significant Metro centres located in this area. There are also several pockets of dense residential settlements around the centres of Kensington, Kingsford and Maroubra Junction. The southern part of the LGA (as well as Randwick Barracks in the centre) stand out as being relatively sparsely populated.

The Randwick City region is characterised by a very high proportion of young people, as evident in Figure 1. The population age structure varies notably across the LGA however (see Figure 3), reflecting diversity in the accessibility of services, as well as trends in house prices.

Figure 1. Age Sex Structure, Randwick City and Benchmark Regions, 2006

20%

18%

16%

14%

12%

10% % of% Population 8%

6%

4%

2%

0% 85 0-4 5-14 15-19 20-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-64 65-74 75-84 years years years years years years years years years years years and over Randwick 0.05379 0.08870 0.05832 0.10596 0.18813 0.15548 0.12232 0.0956 0.06339 0.05112 0.01714 Sydney SD 0.06534 0.12908 0.06636 0.07334 0.15345 0.15278 0.13514 0.10237 0.06171 0.04447 0.01592 New South Wales 0.06394 0.13385 0.06744 0.06698 0.13671 0.14614 0.13779 0.10941 0.07076 0.04997 0.01695

Source: ABS Census 2006

The student population (mostly attending UNSW and NIDA) contributes significantly to the high share of persons in the young adult age groups. Indeed, the population in the residential areas surrounding the University has a relatively low median age. The median age is somewhat higher for residents living around Malabar, and is highest for persons living in the coastal region between Coogee and Maroubra beaches.

Consistent with broader demographic trends, population aging is evident in Randwick City. Between 2001 and 2006, the 80-84 year old age cohort experienced very rapid growth (18%). In contrast, there was a notable decline (-7%) in persons aged 25-29 at the same time.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 10

Figure 2. Population Density, East Subregion, 2006

Source: ABS Census 2006

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 11

Figure 3. Median Age, East Subregion, 2006

Source: ABS Census 2006

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 12

Household Income

In general, Randwick City is a relatively affluent region, with a higher proportion of households in the top income groups relative to Sydney SD and NSW. At the same time however, there is re a significant number of households receiving no income, probably reflecting Long Bay Correctional Facility and the prevalence households in public housing in the area.

Figure 4. Household Income, Ran dwick LGA, East Subregion, Sydney SD, 2006.

16%

14%

12%

10%

8% % of% Households

6%

4%

2%

0% $150- $250- $350- $500- $650- $800- $1,000- $1,200- $1,400- $1,700- $2,000- $2,500- $3,000 <$1 $1-$149 $249 $349 $499 $649 $799 $999 $1,199 $1,399 $1,699 $1,999 $2,499 $2,999 plus Randwick 0.03768 0.02317 0.07504 0.06451 0.02917 0.08065 0.06598 0.07929 0.11272 0.04602 0.08883 0.06887 0.08272 0.08049 0.06478 Sydney SD 0.02356 0.02074 0.07455 0.07786 0.04208 0.11351 0.08286 0.08460 0.11751 0.05243 0.07735 0.06097 0.05861 0.06427 0.04903 New South Wales 0.01937 0.02142 0.08750 0.09891 0.04926 0.13569 0.08629 0.08556 0.11527 0.05012 0.06884 0.05135 0.04644 0.04863 0.03528

Source: ABS Census 2006

The geographical distribution of wealth is illustrated in Figure 5. Households living in the North-East corner of the LGA and on the land bordering Centennial Park have the highest median incomes, consistent with the high property prices in these areas. Median incomes tend to decline as households live further away from the coast and further away from the CBD, towards the south of Randwick LGA. Indeed, the population living around Maroubra South have relatively low incomes on average (in line with the supply of public housing in the area).

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 13

Figure 5. Median Weekly Household Income, East Subregion, 2006

Source: ABS Census 2006

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 14

Randwick Economic Activity Study

3 Supply-side Detail – UNSW & Randwick Hospitals

UNSW Figure 6. Map of the University of New South Wales Kensington Campus

Source: UNSW, 2007

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 15

Table 3. UNSW Kensington Campus – Main Assets

Building Campus Description Location The Arcade E24a This arcade, until recently, was home to several long-established food outlets, a chemist and a newsagency. However, the Arcade closed in mid-2007 for redevelopment. Australian E12 Previously home of the School of Chemistry, this new facility is now home to the Australian School of Business School of (established recently as the amalgamation of UNSW Faculty of Commerce and Economics and Australian Graduate Business School of Management (AGSM)). It delivers undergraduate and postgraduate business education programs, postgraduate research programs and executive education. Biological D26 The Biological Sciences building is home to the School of Biological, Earth and Environmental Sciences. This School Sciences incorporates environmentally relevant disciplines in the traditional, mainstream disciplines of Biology, Geography and Geology, as well as opportunities for interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary studies, notably in Marine and Environmental Sciences. Blockhouse G6 The Blockhouse is home to Arc, the new student organisation at UNSW. Arc provides student resources and activities, student media, short courses, student employment resources and more. The ground floor of the Blockhouse includes a convenience store and a ticketek outlet. Building G27 G27 Previously home to AGSM, this building is still the location of many of AGSM’s functionalities, such as the AGSM research centre and the MBA Award programs. Building L5 L5 Previously known as the Unisearch house, this new building, also known as the ‘twin blocks building’ was completed in 2005. The building is home to National Information Communications Technology Australia (NICTA) (on the Anzac Parade side) and NewSouth Global (NSG). The twin blocks are accessed by an elevated open courtyard via the ‘Town Hall steps’ from Anzac Parade. NSG’s tutorial rooms – for 1400 students of Foundation Studies and the Institute of Languages – are located below this podium level on two levels covering the entire site. Chancellery C22 The UNSW Chancellery building has a primarily administrative role; it contains UNSW Student Central, the University Cashier, Campus Conferencing, the Facilities Department and Human Resources, Public Affairs and Development, Publishing and Printing Services and Student Recruitment Services. Chemical F10 This building, recently renovated, is home to the School of Chemical Sciences and Engineering, and the faculties of Sciences Chemical Engineering, Industrial Chemistry and Food Science and Technology. The School of Chemistry also occupies

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 16

the building for its teaching and research laboratories. Civil H20 The Civil Engineering building is home to the School of Civil and Environmental Engineering. The School was one of Engineering the founding schools of the University. Dalton F12 The Dalton Building is mostly occupied by the School of Chemistry. Electrical G17 This building is home to the School of Electrical Engineering and Telecommunications, which distinguishes itself by Engineering offering a complete range of undergraduate and postgraduate electrical engineering and telecommunications programs nationally.

Food Science B8c, C8a Since the inclusion of the School of Food Science and Technology into the Faculty of Engineering, these buildings have been vacated. Some of the older facilities have been demolished, and there is potential for further demolition of remaining buildings. Golf House A27 The Golf House is home to the Emergency Management Unit. Goodsell F20 Previously home to the Faculty of Commerce and Economics, the John Goodsell Building is now the new home for the School of Health and Exercise Science. The John Niland G19 The Scientia building opened in 1999 as part of the University’s 50th birthday celebrations. The Scientia’s purpose is Scientia to become UNSW’s ceremonial and communal heart. K17 K17 This building is home to the School of Computer Science and Engineering, which was founded in 1991. Law F8 The law building is opened in 2007, and is home to The School of Law, The Australian School of Taxation and Legal Research and Education and Advocacy Centres. Library E21 The Main Library has undergone some changes recently, and has integrated the books and journals from the former Social Sciences & Humanities, Physical Sciences and Biomedical collections into a single sequence. Library Stage 2 F21 Previously home to the Faculty of Law, this space has now been partly incorporated into the Main Library (resulting in an expansion of the library collection) and is now used for general teaching rooms. Material E8 This building is home to the School of Materials Science and Engineering. Sciences Mathews F23 The Mathews Building houses the School of Psychology, the School of Education Studies, the School of Information Systems, Technology and Management, and the School of Social Work. Mechanical J17 This building houses the School of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering. The school is made up of five Engineering disciplines, being Aerospace Engineering, Manufacturing Engineering and Management, Mechanical Engineering,

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 17

Mechatronic Engineering and Naval Architecture. Medical B27 Accessed through gate 9a, this building is home to the Office of The Dean of the faculty of Medicine. Administration Metallurgy D7 This building is part of the adjacent material Sciences building. Process Morven Brown C20 Home of the Arts and Social Sciences Faculty, this building houses the following newly-reconstructed schools: education, English, media and performing arts, history and philosophy, language and linguistics and social science and international studies. Newton J12 This building has several purposes, as it houses the Centre for Quantum Computer Technology and has may links to the Old Main Building next door. NIDA D2 NIDA is Australia's National Institute of Dramatic Art, which trains students for careers in theatre, film and television.

Old Main K15 The old Main Building houses such departments as the School of Physics, the Department of Astrophysics, the Department of Aviation, and the School of Mining Engineering. Pavilions E24 The Mathews Pavilions are closely located to the Mathews Theatres and Clancy Auditorium, boasting over 250sqm of versatile space and centrally located in the heart of the UNSW conference district. Petroleum E24 This building is home to the School of Petroleum Engineering, which involves activities such as exploration, drilling, Engineering production, processing and transport. Quadrangle E15 The Quadrangle is home to a number of schools of the Australian School of business, such as accounting and marketing. The building also has a number of student services, such as the housing office, Contact, careers and employment office, equity and diversity unit and dental and health services. Red Centre H13 Comprising of three wings, the Red Centre houses UNSW International in the east wing, the School of Mathematics in the central wing and the Faculty of Built Environment in the west wing. Robert Webster G14 Housing some of the most modern lecture facilities on campus, this building is home to the School of Media and Communications and the School of Theatre, Film and Dance. Roundhouse E6 The social centre of UNSW, The Roundhouse is a multi-purpose venue that boasts 2 bars (UniBar and Club Bar), a games room, two beer gardens (one unlicensed), three eateries and a variety of breakout rooms, which are ideal for meetings. Rupert Myers M15 The Rupert Myers building houses the School of Optometry and Vision Science as well as the CRC for Eye Research

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 18

and Technology. Sam Cracknell H8 The Sam Cracknell Pavilion is home to UNSW Sports Association. Pavilion Samuels F25 Sometimes referred to as the boat building, the Samuels Building is home to the School of Public Health and Community Medicine and staff development facilities, amongst other uses. Sir John Clancy C24 The 945-seat Clancy Auditorium is the eastern suburbs’ largest public auditorium and is ideally suited to large Auditorium conferences, lectures, musical performances and concerts. The Auditorium is home to the University’s graduation ceremonies. Squarehouse E4 The Squarehouse is home to Roundtable Catering and is often used for examination rooms. University J2 Commencing in 1952, the regiment (located on the western campus) has had a long-standing link to university Regiment education, providing for needs of the Australian Defence Force. Vallentine H22 The Vallentine Annexe is home to the Institute of Environmental Studies, which was established in mid-1992 to Annexe support and to help coordinate environmental activities at UNSW. Wallace Wurth C27 This building is the current home of Faculty of Medicine and the School of Medical Sciences. Willis Annexe J18 This building is part of the Faculty of Engineering and includes a biofluid mechanics laboratory and UNSW’s computational mechanics and robotics unit.

Source: UNSW; SGS

There are also nine campus residences at UNSW, 3 of which are independently managed on separate land titles under long-term leases from UNSW. Campus residences include: Barker Apartment, International House, Kensington Colleges (Basser College, Baxter College, Goldstein College), New College, Shalom College and Warrane College.

The newest building on campus will be the a Biomed building, currently under construction and expected to be completed by 2009. Located on the site of the old Medical car park, this facility will incorporate the Faculty of Medicine and the Children’s Cancer Institute of Australia, as well as state- of-the-art biomedical research facilities. The building is likely to have 8 floors, two of which will be underground and linked to the Wallace Wurth Building. The basement levels will be used for specialist plant and equipment, four floors will house flexible research laboratories and two floors will be used for administrative purposes. The total floor area of the building will be approximately 11,500 m2.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 19

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Randwick Hospitals Campus

Figure 7 shows a site plan of the Prince of Wales Campus. The main uses and features of the principal buildings on the Campus are described in detail in Table 4 below.

Figure 7. Map of the Prince of Wales Campus

Source: South Eastern Sydney & Illawarra Area Health Service

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 20

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table 4. Main Buildings of the Randwick Hospitals Campus

BUILDING 1 Sydney Children’s Sydney Children’s Hospital is one of three tertiary children’s health facilities in NSW, offering acute care facilities Hospital and outreach and community based services. The Hospital was established in 1964 as the teaching hospital for UNSW and underwent redevelopment in 1994 at a total worth of $46.5 million. In 2003, a new community child health precinct was opened on the corner of Avoca and Barker Streets, accommodating the Children’s Hospital community health services, services for children with developmental disabilities, mental health disorders and other behavioural issues. 1a Children’s Cancer Children’s Cancer Institute Australia is the only independent medical research institute in Australia for childhood Institute of Australia cancer. It was established in 1984 and is affiliated with Sydney Children’s Hospital and UNSW. The Institute (CCIA) encompasses 8 major research programs. 2a Children’s Emergency The Children’s Emergency Wing houses the emergency department, which is a 24 hour department which Wing assesses and manages children with traumatic injuries, serious illness and common acute paediatric medical and surgical problems. 2b High Street Building This building is the main building of the Prince of Wales Public Hospital. The High Street building is home to many medical clinics, including dentistry, dietics and ophthalmology. 3 Institute of Oncology The Institute of Oncology provides medical and radiation therapies for treatment of a wide range of cancers. The Institute houses four main departments, being Medical Oncology, Palliative Care, Radiation Oncology and the Oncology Research Centre. 4 Medical Super’s Cottage This is an administration building, originally designed by J. Horbury Hunt as the residence for superintendents of the Asylum for Destitute Children (the hospital’s original guise in the mid-1800s). It was erected in 1863 and was later used as the residence for medical superintendents. 5&6 Edmund Blacket The Edmund Blacket Block was designed by Edmund Blacket and built between 1856 and 1864. The Building Building (EBB) sheltered 6000 children between the years of 1858 and 1915. The Prince of Wales Clinical School is in the North Wing of the Edmund Blacket Building which also houses the UNSW Faculty of Medicine office for medical students at the Prince of Wales Hospital. 7 Parkes Block One of the main buildings of Prince of Wales Public Hospital, the Parkes Block as recently received $3.25 million for an upgrade. This upgrade would ensure enhanced facilities for several of the building’s services and clinics.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 21

Founded in 1999, the James Lance GSK Medicines Research Unit is located in the Parkes Block and is funded by GlaxoSmithKline Australia. There is restricted access to the unit, which houses a fully equipped 16 bed ward, with 24 hour hospital emergency services on-site, which fulfils the safety, control and protocol requirements of Good Clinical Practice. 8 Clinical Sciences The Clinical Sciences Building is used for clinical purposes and its occupants include the Oncology Research Building Centre, Surgical & Orthopaedic Research Laboratories and the Institute of Neurological Sciences. 9 Hyperbaric Unit The Prince of Wales Hyperbaric Medicine Facility is the only civilian hyperbaric facility serving the population of NSW. The facility is staffed by four half-time specialists (all primarily qualified in anaesthesia and/or intensive care), four full-time nursing staff and two full-time technicians. A full range of hyperbaric services are offered in their 4-chamber, 20-person facility, with approximately 70 divers with DCI/Air Embolism being treated each year. The facility is also involved in the care of a wide range of other diving medical problems. An ongoing research programme is provided together with UNSW, with the Unit participating in the training of anaesthetists and hyperbaric physicians. An educational program that introduces the facility, advises on safe diving practices and emergency first aid care is also available to divers and others interested at the Unit. 10 Electrical Sub-station No. 1 11 Euroa Centre Euroa houses the Neuropsychiatric Institute, a facility of Prince of Wales Hospital, a UNSW teaching hospital and part of the Division of Psychiatry of the South Eastern Sydney Area Health Service. Euroa is a tertiary referral unit specialises in cognitive and psychiatric disorders. The Neuropsychiatric Institute offers a number of specialised services, include those aimed at persons with: – Attention Deficit Disorders Clinic – Drug-Induced Movement Disorders Clinic – Inpatient and outpatient assessments of neuropsychiatric disorders – Neuropsychology Clinic, Epilepsy and Psychiatry Clinic – Tourette’s Syndrome Clinic

The team at the Centre handle emergency services for the Eastern Suburbs Mental Health Service and are available for mental health emergencies 24 hours a day. The team supports and monitors people in times of crisis. Education and support for families and/or their carers who are affected by people in crisis is also offered.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 22

12 Catherine Hayes Catherine Hayes Hospital was built in 1870 as a hospital for the inmates of the Asylum of Destitute Children, when the current facilities of the Asylum were proving to be too small. The building was named after a famous Irish singer who donated funds for its construction. Today the Hospital houses community health services. 13 McNevin Dickson Community Development services are undertaken in the McNevin Dickson Building, with such departments as: – Health Promotion services – The National Perinatal Statistics Unit – Youth Health A number of Chaplains are present in the building as well. 14 Admin Bldg 2 and Administration Building 2 is home to the majority of the Endocrinology Clinic. Security Services 15 Dickinson Building The Dickinson building houses a number of medical clinics, including Anaesthetics and Infectious Diseases. 16 Campus Centre The Campus Centre is home to many medical clinics and units. The Centre also houses the Eastern Heart Clinic, which was established in 1991 at Prince Henry Hospital (later moving to Prince of Wales) and is doctor owned. The Clinic is a cardiac diagnostic and interventional facility located on the Campus. Situated near the main entrance are also several support services, including a number of small retailers. 17 Royal Hospital for Royal Hospital for Women first opened in 1904 and has provided care to women for more than a century. It was Women the first women’s only hospital in Australia, and is still the only women’s hospital in NSW. The Hospital specialises in women’s health and birth-related care. 18 Palliative This building houses both Palliative Care and CanTeen. The Palliative Care unit specialises in the health care of Care/CANTEEN dying people and offers support to their families. CanTeen is the Australian Organisation for Young People Living with Cancer, a national support organisation for young people (aged 12-24) living with cancer. The Canteen division on Campus is the Sydney and Central office for the organisation. 19 Vera Adderley The Vera Adderley provides affordable accommodation to Prince of Wales staff. There is a swimming pool and a Residence (including tennis court in the immediate surrounds. The Coulter Hostel was once nurses’ accommodation, but now is Coulter Hostel) available for general accommodation close to Prince of Wales Hospital. Available for basic accommodation, the Hostel is a popular option for families of POW patients. 20 National Drug & Alcohol The National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre was established in 1986 and is a premier research institution in Research Centre Australia. Internationally recognised as a Research Centre of Excellence, the Centre is multidisciplinary and collaborates with medicine, psychology, social science and other schools of the University of NSW, as well as

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 23

with a range of other institutions and individuals in Australia and overseas. 21 Ronald McDonald House The Ronald McDonald House in Randwick is operated by Ronald McDonald House Charities. The cornerstone of the Charities’ work, these houses are usually located near major women or children’s hospitals and provide a 'home-away-from-home' for seriously ill children and their families. 22 POW Place Childcare POW Place Childcare is a community managed child care centre, providing permanent care for children three month to five year olds as well as night care for children three months to twelve years of age for Health staff. 23 Hut U Hut U houses the South Eastern Sydney Public Health Unit (PHU), which monitors and intervenes in public health issues and researches ways to improve public health. 24 Kiloh Centre The Kiloh Centre opened in 2004 as a Mental Health Rehabilitation Unit, at a cost of $1.8 million. The Centre has 50 beds and assists people with ongoing mental illnesses.

25 The Villa The Villa is home to the Black Dog Institute, an educational, research, clinical and community-orientated facility to treat mood disorders. Prior to 1985 it was known as the Mood Disorders Unit, with the Institute launched in 2002. The Villa is attached to Prince of Wales Hospital and is affiliated with UNSW. 26 Staff car park This car park provides short-stay parking opportunities for staff and disabled parkers. 27 POW Medical Research Prince of Wales Medical Research Institute is one of largest independent research centres in Australia that Institute conducts research on the brain and nervous system. The Institute opened in 1993 and is located in the Randwick Hospitals Campus, next to the UNSW Medical School. Source: South Eastern Sydney & Illawarra Area Health Service; SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 24

Randwick Economic Activity Study

4 Demand-side Projections

4.1 Overview

This section presents employment and floorspace demand projections for various industries operating in Randwick City. The projections were derived prior to the release of 2006 employment data and therefore should be interpreted with some caution. Some themes from consultation that address demand-side issues are also discussed.

Method

Future employment floorspace is estimated at the LGA-wide level based on a two-step process; employment forecasts are generated first, then these are converted to floorspace requirements using standard industry-based employee-to-floorspace ratios.

Forecasting Employment Growth

SGS has developed an employment growth model which is based on the following two key components:

– First, the model estimates the impact of industry-specific growth on employment. To do this, an Input-Output model – commonly applied in economic impact analysis – is generated for the region under investigation (using an approach similar to that employed by Queensland Treasury and various other statistical agencies). The total value of inter-regional exports is estimated for each industry and assumed to grow in proportion to trend growth in NSW Gross State Product (GSP). Regional employment multipliers are then applied to the export projections, to estimate the extent to which employment levels will change as industry-specific output adjusts to service regional export demand.

– Second, the model estimates the extent to which employment levels will be affected by regional population growth, the resulting increase in consumer spending and any multiplier effect thereof. As population growth leads to increased consumer spending, it boosts growth in employment in consumption-based industries. In turn, new employees expend their wages, bolstering consumption further. In this sense, the population in an area can be treated a channel with both supply (employment) and demand streams (consumer spending). The channel will not only provide its own economic stimulus but also magnify the economic stimulus that is provided due to export growth.

In sum, the SGS Employment Yield Model combines industry-based export projections with a population yield model to forecast employment growth at the LGA-wide level.

In order to determine the distribution of this growth across the LGA, we assumed that the industry share of employment in each region (or travelzone) would remain stable over the forecast horizon.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 25

The rate of growth in each region therefore varies in line with the industry composition of employment and the pattern of industry-specific growth projected by the LGA-wide model.

Estimating Floorspace Requirements

The employment forecasts are converted into floorspace requirements for selected industries by applying industry-specific demand ratios. These demand ratios were derived using the employment forecasts for 2006, and the floorspace estimates from the Randwick City land audit conducted for this study. For the industrial area, employment-to-floorspace ratios were based on estimates of employment space derived from Council’s land audit. For the remaining employment lands, floorspace-demand ratios were derived for particular industries based on the audits of select Metro town centres. 1

Table 5. Employment Space Required per Employee 2

Town Centres (sqm) Industrial Area (sqm) Agr. For'try & Fishing -- -- Mining -- -- Manuf. -- 68 Utilities -- 1481 Constr. -- 78 Wh'sale Trade -- 70 Retl. Trade 26 69 Acc. Cafes & Rest. 50 -- Transp & Stor -- 630 Comm. Serv. -- -- Fin. & Ins. 25 -- Prop'ty & Bus Serv 25 42 Govt. Admin. & Def. -- 1143 Educat. -- -- Health & Com'ty Serv. -- -- Cult & Recr. Serv. 24 46

Pers & Other Serv 35 160 Source: Randwick City Council; SGS

1 Note that industries less likely to have their employment lands situated in the town centres were excluded, as the audit findings would grossly underestimate their space requirements per employee. Also, the ratios were derived using only those areas where the travelzone- based employment data would be likely to correspond to the employment lands covered in the centres’ audit. 2 The derived ratio for the wholesale trade industry was actually 14 sqm per job, which is somewhat at odds with the nature of wholesale trade activity in the area. This could reflect some wholesale trade jobs being located on land that was classified as transport & storage in the audit, as the operations of these sectors are difficult to disentangle around Port Botany. As such, an adjustment was made to the wholesale trade industry ratio bring it more into line with 'standard' ratios (it was lifted to 70 sqm per job) and a corresponding reduction was made to the transport & storage industry ratio (so that in current jobs and space estimates are reconciled in aggregate).

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 26

4.2 Randwick City Totals

SGS modelling shows employment in Randwick City increasing by close to 40% over the 25 years from 2006 to 2031. This is an increase of roughly 14,000 jobs, which far exceeds the target set by the Metropolitan strategy of 5,900 jobs. Industry-specific employment projections for the LGA in aggregate are presented in Figure 8 and specified in Table 6.

Figure 8. Employment Projections: Randwick City, 2001-2031

60,000

Health & Com'ty Serv.

Educat.

50,000 Retl. Trade

Prop'ty & Bus Serv

Transp & Stor

40,000 Acc. Cafes & Rest.

Pers & Other Serv

Manuf.

30,000 Constr.

Employment Cult & Recr. Serv.

Wh'sale Trade

20,000 Govt. Admin. & Def.

Fin. & Ins.

Comm. Serv.

10,000 Utilities

Agr. For'try & Fishing

Mining 0 2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Source: SGS Employment Model

The increase in employment is expected to be predominantly driven by growth in the property & business services sector (which includes jobs such as real estate agents, cleaning services, computer services, business management services and scientific research). Employment in this sector is expected to more than double over the 25 year period, contributing close to one-third of the total increase in jobs. Growth in Randwick’s key industries of education and health is also expected to be strong, at around 30%. Consistent with an increased role for Randwick City as an entertainment and tourist precinct, solid growth is also projected for employment in the retail trade, accommodation, cafes & restaurants and personal services industries. Wholesale trade employment is also expected to increase firmly, albeit from a relatively low base, while more modest growth is projected for the transport & storage sector (although these model-based projections exclude the impact of the expansion of Port Botany).

Based on the industry composition of employment in the different Randwick City employment precincts, these projections suggest that the increase in activity will be driven by growth the town centres (and other residual employment lands), though strong growth is also projected for the health and education campuses between Kensington and Randwick Junction, as well as the industrial area (see Figure 9). These regions are discussed in more detail following.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 27

Table 6. Employment Growth by Industry: Randwick City, 2006 -2031

Contribution to Employment Increase in LGA-wide Growth by Employment Growth Industry (Jobs) (%point) (%) Prop'ty & Bus Serv 4,288 11.8 110.6 Health & Com'ty Serv. 2,326 6.4 30.2 Educat. 1,839 5.1 28.0 Retl. Trade 1,726 4.7 45.2 Acc. Cafes & Rest. 621 1.7 26.1 Pers & Other Serv 564 1.6 29.8 Manuf. 520 1.4 29.0 Wh'sale Trade 519 1.4 48.6 Fin. & Ins. 477 1.3 83.8 Cult & Recr. Serv. 466 1.3 32.9 Comm. Serv. 307 0.8 103.8 Transp & Stor 178 0.5 7.6 Govt. Admin. & Def. 68 0.2 7.5 Constr. 64 0.2 4.2 Agr. For'try & Fishing 25 0.1 35.7 Utilities 11 0.0 8.0 Mining 11 0.0 218.3 TOTAL 14,009 38.5 38.5

Source: SGS Employment Model

Figure 9. Projected Employment by Area: Randwick City, 2001-2031

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000 Employment

20,000

10,000

0 2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Other (incl Town Centres) 20,902 22,305 23,983 25,897 27,842 29,769 31,666 Industrial Area 4,741 4,983 5,286 5,641 6,001 6,357 6,708 Health & Education Precinct 8,581 9,075 9,619 10,212 10,812 11,407 11,998

Source: SGS Employment Model

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 28

4.3 Health and Education Sectors

The employment model suggests that the number of jobs in the region encompassing UNSW and Randwick Hospitals campus will increase by roughly 2,900 (or 30%) between 2006 and 2031, with growth in the health & community services sector slightly outpacing growth in education (see Table 7 and Figure 10). This is broadly in line with the Metropolitan Strategy target for the specialised centre. Strong growth is also projected for supporting industries in the precinct, such as property & business services, retail trade and accommodation, cafes & restaurants.

Table 7. Employment Growth by Industry: Health and Education Precinct, 2006 - 2031

Employment Increase in Contribution to Growth by Employment Total Growth Industry (Jobs) (%point) (%) Health & Com'ty Serv. 1,244 13.7 30.2 Educat. 1,097 12.1 28.0 Prop'ty & Bus Serv 339 3.7 110.6 Retl. Trade 65 0.7 45.2 Cult & Recr. Serv. 46 0.5 32.9 Acc. Cafes & Rest. 46 0.5 26.1 Fin. & Ins. 33 0.4 83.8 Pers & Other Serv 20 0.2 29.8 Manuf. 9 0.1 29.0 Wh'sale Trade 9 0.1 48.6 Comm. Serv. 7 0.1 103.8 Agr. For'try & Fishing 3 0.0 35.7 Constr. 3 0.0 4.2 Transp & Stor 2 0.0 7.6 Govt. Admin. & Def. 1 0.0 7.5 Mining ------Utilities ------TOTAL 2,924 32.2 32.2

Source: SGS Employment Model

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 29

Figure 10. Employment Projections: Health and Education Precinc t, 2001-2031

14,000

Health & Com'ty Serv.

Educat. 12,000 Prop'ty & Bus Serv

Acc. Cafes & Rest.

10,000 Retl. Trade

Cult & Recr. Serv.

Pers & Other Serv 8,000 Constr.

Fin. & Ins.

Employment 6,000 Manuf. Transp & Stor

Educat. 4,000 Wh'sale Trade

Agr. For'try & Fishing

2,000 Comm. Serv. Mining

Utilities 0 2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Source: SGS Employment Model

In light of the changing nature of service provision in both the health and education sectors, it is inappropriate to apply current standard employment floorspace ratios to project demand for employment space in these industries going forward.

Indeed, consultation with Randwick Hospitals indicated that the way in which health care is delivered has changed significantly in recent years, and will change further in future. In part, this is due to evolving technology, while it also partly reflects the changing nature of disease. Patients visiting hospital are generally more ill and need more space (per bed) than used to be the case. There is also more flow through, with more efficient patient treatment and recovery. A gradual shift to 23-hour care and a move towards moving healthcare out of the acute setting and into the community is also predicted to mitigate any increase in demand for floorspace.

Similarly, evolving practice is likely to affect the amount of land required per employee in an education setting. Technology has the potential to create opportunities for more long-distance learning and research, though the extent of any movement in this direction is likely to be restricted by the high value attributed to on-campus experience. In addition, the trend towards year-round study – with summer sessions or trimesters – is also likely to affect the employee-floorspace ratio common to university campuses.

Nonetheless, the projected increase in employment in the health and education industries will no doubt be associated with some growth in floorspace requirements.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 30

4.4 Industrial Area

In the industrial area, employment is forecast to grow by around 1,700 jobs (or 35%) between 2006 and 2031 (see Figure 11 and Table 8). This is broadly consistent with the Metropolitan strategy target of 3,900 extra jobs around Port Botany – including land in both Randwick and Botany LGAs – by 2031. The projected increase in employment largely reflects growth in property & business services (in keeping with broader trends), although this industry comprises only a relatively small proportion of total employment in the precinct (just under 10%). In contrast, the transport & storage sector – which currently comprises around a third of all employment in the industrial area – is forecast to experience only modest growth of 8% over the 25 year period. Nonetheless, these projections exclude any impact of the Port Botany expansion and therefore likely underestimate growth in employment in this sector.

Figure 11. Employment Projections: Industrial Area, 2001-2031

8,000

Transp & Stor

7,000 Manuf. Wh'sale Trade

Prop'ty & Bus Serv 6,000 Retl. Trade

Pers & Other Serv 5,000 Constr.

Health & Com'ty Serv.

4,000 Acc. Cafes & Rest.

Employment Comm. Serv.

3,000 Govt. Admin. & Def. Educat.

Utilities 2,000 Cult & Recr. Serv.

Fin. & Ins. 1,000 Agr. For'try & Fishing

Mining 0 2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Source: SGS Employment Model

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 31

Table 8. Employment Growth by Industry: Industrial Area, 2006 -2031

Employment Increase in Contribution to Growth by Employment Total Growth Industry (Jobs) (%point) (%) Prop'ty & Bus Serv 595 11.9 110.6 Manuf. 354 7.1 29.0 Wh'sale Trade 269 5.4 48.6 Transp & Stor 116 2.3 7.6 Retl. Trade 113 2.3 45.2 Comm. Serv. 77 1.6 103.8 Pers & Other Serv 63 1.3 29.8 Health & Com'ty Serv. 44 0.9 30.2 Acc. Cafes & Rest. 21 0.4 26.1 Fin. & Ins. 20 0.4 83.8 Educat. 11 0.2 28.0 Mining 11 0.2 218.3 Cult & Recr. Serv. 10 0.2 32.9 Constr. 8 0.2 4.2 Agr. For'try & Fishing 6 0.1 35.7 Govt. Admin. & Def. 4 0.1 7.5 Utilities 3 0.1 8.0 TOTAL 1,725 34.6 34.6 Source: SGS Employment Model

Applying the employee-floorspace ratios based on the industrial area audited by Randwick Council (which included the land covering the Port itself) yields projections for demand for non-residential activity space totalling roughly 17 hectares (see Figure 12 and Table 9). By these estimates, the transport & storage sector is projected to require roughly 7 hectares of additional space, notwithstanding the somewhat modest growth in job numbers. Growth in employment in the property & business services and manufacturing industries (which have significantly lower floorspace requirements per employee) is also expected to lead to significant demand for additional industrial employment space.

These space projections should be interpreted with caution however. To a large extent, growth in employment in industrial areas is expected to flow from an increased office component of employment, which suggests declining space requirements per job over time. In this case the projections presented above probably significantly overestimate future demand for industrial space. On a similar note, for the transport & storage sector in particular, the current estimated space-per- job ratio is skewed higher by the fact that the audited activity space includes Port Botany itself. While the industrial area is expected to accommodate a greater number of transport & storage jobs in future, they are unlikely to comprise the same mix as at present, and on average, are likely to require a smaller amount of space per job. If we apply a more ‘standard’ floorspace-space per job ratio to the additional jobs in the transport & storage sector (220 sqm per job instead of 630 sqm) and reduce the ratio for the manufacturing, wholesale trade, utilities and government industries by 20% (to account for an increased share of office-based employment), the projected increase in floorspace demand falls from around 17 hectares to 11 hectares.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 32

Figure 12. Floorspace Requirements: Industrial Area, Selected Industries, 2006 - 2031

1,600,000 Transp & Stor

Manuf. 1,400,000 Govt. Admin. & Def.

Utilities 1,200,000

Prop'ty & Bus Serv

) 2 Retl. Trade 1,000,000 Pers & Other Serv

Constr. 800,000 Wh'sale Trade

Health & Com'ty Serv.

600,000 Acc. Cafes & Rest.

Comm. Serv. Industrial(m EmploymentSpace

400,000 Educat.

Cult & Recr. Serv.

200,000 Fin. & Ins. Agr. For'try & Fishing

0 Mining 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031

Source: SGS Employment Model

Table 9. Non-residential Employment Space Requirements: Industrial Area, Selected Industries, 2006-2031

Contribution to Total Growth in Growth in Increase in Non- Non-residential Required Non- residential Space Space residential Space Requirements Requirements by Industry (m2) (%point) (%) Transp & Stor 72,999 5.7 7.4 Prop'ty & Bus Serv 25,246 2.0 110.6 Manuf. 24,009 1.9 29.0 Wh'sale Trade 18,996 1.5 240.3 Pers & Other Serv 10,123 0.8 29.8 Retl. Trade 7,817 0.6 45.2 Govt. Admin. & Def. 4,194 0.3 7.5 Utilities 4,183 0.3 8.0 Constr. 609 0.0 4.2 Cult & Recr. Serv. 479 0.0 32.9 TOTAL 168,655 13.2 13.2

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 33

As part of the survey of industrial land users (discussed earlier and outlined in full in Appendix 3), firms were asked about their outlook for the next three years. All respondents noted that they intend to remain at the current location, with a few businesses intending to redevelop their existing sites, rather than relocating.

Most businesses expect the number of people they employ to remain stable over the next three years, though 18% of respondents intend to increase the number of people they employ, while 4% expect some attrition. In general, it was firms in the manufacturing and construction industries that noted an expected expansion in employment (though there was one outlying manufacturing firm, which indicated a strong expected decrease in employees).

Over the next three years, 15% of respondent businesses intend to expand the floor or land area they are currently using; 81% expect future requirements for land and floorspace will remain the same. Of note, some businesses in transport & storage and retail indicated that they expect to increase floorspace but not employees. This is consistent with the model-based projections for moderate growth in employment in the industry, but significant growth in demand for land area.

4.5 Other Employment Lands – Including Town Centres

Employment in the residual portion of Randwick City is forecast to grow at a more rapid pace than employment in the main campuses of the health & education precinct and the industrial area. Overall, employment is forecast to increase by around 9,400 persons between 2006 and 2031, yielding growth of 42%.

The strong increase in employment in this residual region is driven by particularly fast growth in the property & business services industry. This has significant follow-on implications, as almost one-fifth of people working in the property & business services industry in Randwick City work from home. The strong growth in employment in the region also reflects ongoing strength in Randwick’s key industries of health and education (notwithstanding the fact that these residual employment land exclude the main UNSW and Randwick Hospitals campuses), as well as the consumption and leisure industries.

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 34

Figure 13. Employment Projections: Other Employment Lands (including Town Centres), 2001-2031

35,000

Health & Com'ty Serv.

Retl. Trade 30,000 Prop'ty & Bus Serv

Educat.

25,000 Acc. Cafes & Rest.

Pers & Other Serv

Constr. 20,000 Cult & Recr. Serv.

Govt. Admin. & Def.

Employment 15,000 Transp & Stor Manuf.

Wh'sale Trade 10,000 Fin. & Ins.

Comm. Serv.

5,000 Utilities Agr. For'try & Fishing

Mining 0 2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Source: SGS Employment Model

Table 10. Employment Growth by Industry: Other Employment Lands (including Town Centres), 2006-2031

Employment Increase in Contribution to Growth by Employment Total Growth Industry (Jobs) (%point) (%) Prop'ty & Bus Serv 3,354 15.0 110.6 Retl. Trade 1,548 6.9 45.2 Health & Com'ty Serv. 1,037 4.7 30.2 Educat. 731 3.3 28.0 Acc. Cafes & Rest. 554 2.5 26.1 Pers & Other Serv 481 2.2 29.8 Fin. & Ins. 425 1.9 83.8 Cult & Recr. Serv. 410 1.8 32.9 Wh'sale Trade 241 1.1 48.6 Comm. Serv. 222 1.0 103.8 Manuf. 157 0.7 29.0 Govt. Admin. & Def. 63 0.3 7.5 Transp & Stor 60 0.3 7.6 Constr. 54 0.2 4.2 Agr. For'try & Fishing 16 0.1 35.7 Utilities 8 0 8.0 Mining 0 0 0.0 TOTAL 9,361 42.0 42.0 Source: SGS Employment Model

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 35

Applying the employee-floorspace ratios derived from the land audit of Randwick City’s business zones yields projections for floorspace demand (see Figure 14 and Table 11). In aggregate, floorspace demand for retail trade, accommodation, cafes & restaurants, personal & other services, property & business services, finance & insurance and cultural & recreational services is expected to increase by around 126,000 sqm between 2006 and 2031. A particularly strong increase is projected for retail trade floorspace and space for accommodation, cafes and restaurants.

If the finance & insurance and property & business service industries are excluded, the projections derived by the employment model method are broadly in line with forecasts derived using retail modelling (detailed in Appendix 1). The retail modelling approach showed that demand for retail- related floorspace would increase by 54,600 sqm over the 15 year period from 2006 and 2021.

Figure 14. Floorspace Requirements: Other Employment Lands (including Town Centres), Selected Industries, 200 1-2031

500,000

450,000 Acc. Cafes & Rest.

400,000

Retl. Trade 350,000

) 300,000 2 Pers & Other Serv

250,000

Floorspace (m Floorspace 200,000 Cult & Recr. Serv.

150,000 Prop'ty & Bus Serv 100,000

50,000 Fin. & Ins.

0 2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Source: SGS Employment Model

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 36

Table 11. Floorspace Requirements: Other Employment Lands (including Town Centres), Selected Industries, 200 6-2031

Contribution to Growth in Increase in Total Growth in Required Floorspace Floorspace Floorspace by Requirements Requirements Industry (m2) (%point) (%) Retl. Trade 40,724 13.0 45.2 Acc. Cafes & Rest. 27,795 8.8 26.1 Prop'ty & Bus Serv 20,417 6.5 110.6 Pers & Other Serv 16,771 5.3 29.8 Fin. & Ins. 10,562 3.4 83.8 Cult & Recr. Serv. 9,977 3.2 32.9 TOTAL 126,247 40.2 40.2 Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendices 1 - July 2008).doc P. 37

Randwick Economic Activity Study Appendix 2: Retail Modelling

Randwick City Council July 2008

This proposal has been prepared on behalf of:

This report has been prepared by: SGS Economics and Planning Pty. Ltd. ACN 007 437 729 Suite 12/50 Reservoir Street, Surry Hills NSW 2010 phone: 61 2 8307 0121 fax: 61 2 8307 0126 email: [email protected] web: www.sgsep.com.au

Table of Contents

1 Retail Hierarchy ...... 1

2 Retail Modelling ...... 3

2.1 Background ...... 3 2.2 Retail Expenditure in the East Subregion ...... 4 2.3 Origin of Retail Expenditure in the Main Centres ...... 5 2.3.1 Maroubra Junction ...... 5 2.3.2 Randwick Junction ...... 9 2.3.3 Kensington ...... 13 2.3.4 Kingsford ...... 16 2.3.5 Coogee ...... 19 2.4 Future Floorspace Requirements ...... 22

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

1 Retail Hierarchy

The current Sydney Metropolitan Strategy has described 10 types of centres (Global Sydney, Regional Cities, Specialised Centres, Major Centres, Town Centres, Villages, Small Villages, Neighbourhood Centres, Enterprise Corridors and Employment Lands). Table 1 describes the centre types and their retail floor space range.

In Randwick City, there are two town centres – Maroubra Junction and Randwick Junction – and three villages – Kensington, Kingsford and Coogee Beach. The discussion in this chapter focuses on these main centres. However, the modelling also incorporates the alternative retail centres; that is, the six small villages – Clovelly, Frenchmans Road, Malabar, Maroubra Beach, Matraville and The Spot – and the many neighbourhood centres. Centres in the surrounding regions are also incorporated as part of the retail modelling. Most significantly, the analysis incorporates the impact of Bondi Junction to the North, and Eastgardens to the West of the City.

Table 1. Metropolitan Centre Hierarchy

Centre Type Centres Description Retail Floorspace Average Turnover Range (sqm)* (per sqm)* Regional City Focal point regional transport and jobs in providing a full range Over 130,000 $5,650 of business, government, cultural, entertainment and recreational activities. Major Centre The major shopping and business centre for the surrounding 70,000 to 130,000 $5,650 area with a full scale shopping mall, council offices, taller offices and residential buildings, central community facilities and a minimum of 8,000 jobs. Potential Major Centre These have assets, including transport or open space connections, and potential as shopping and service hubs, in existing area of the city which may have increased residential development. Town Centre A large group of shops and services with one or two 40,000 to 80,000 $5,000 supermarkets, sometimes a small shopping mall, some community facilities such as a local library, a medical centre and a variety of specialist shops. Villages A village is a strip of shops for daily shopping which typically 15,000 to 40,000 $4,450 includes a small supermarket, butcher, hairdresser, restaurants and take away food shops. Villages need to develop an enjoyable public environment a mix of uses and good links to surrounding neighbourhoods. Small Village Contains a small strip of shops for daily shopping such as a 2,500 to 15,000 $4,450 butcher, fruit and vegetable market, café and take away food. Typically 5+shops. Neighbourhoods Neighbourhood centres are a small group of 2 to 5 shops Under 2,500 $3,550 supplying daily needs. Neighbourhoods should have a public

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Centre Type Centres Description Retail Floorspace Average Turnover Range (sqm)* (per sqm)* transport point, child care centres, schools and other compatible activities in the immediate vicinity. Residential areas with shops and basic services. Small traditional centres and small purpose built centres serving traditionally detached housing. Specialised Centre Specialised uses that perform vital economic and employment roles across the metropolitan area such as: • Major airports, ports, • Hospitals, universities, • Research and business activities. Enterprise Corridor Enterprise Corridor contains: • Areas immediately along and generally up to a block back from busiest roads; • Important economic role that the mix of commercial, retail and light industrial activities; • Service the local community; • Often provide lower rent locations for niche retail and office or retail space for start up enterprises. Employment Lands Employment Lands contains: • Factories and warehouses, associated offices; • High tech manufacturing; • Transport logistics; • Major storage operations; • Vital to the economy and ability to service the city. Source: Department of Planning 2005, Metropolitan Strategy; Urbis JHD 2005 Regional and Sub Regional Centres Retail Averages, *SGS 2006, Sub Regional Employment Lands Modelling and Data

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2 Retail Modelling

2.1 Background

Background

The SGS Retail Model provides a mathematical, data-based method of estimating the market share of a retail centre. It takes elements from both gravitational and survey-based retail planning systems and uses inputs from a variety of sources (namely ABS based expenditure data, time travel data, turnover levels, shopping centre floorspace information, and other surveys). Using this information it is possible to estimate the relative attractiveness of a retail centre to its consumers, and thus the centre’s catchment area. The model can also be used to forecast growth in retail activity by accounting for population growth.

The retail model is based around travelzone geographic boundaries. These are the smallest statistical areas for which ABS and TPDC data is available. Maps to show the travelzones and the centres are given below.

Figure 1. Town Centres and Travelzones: Randwick City

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2.2 Retail Expenditure in the East Subregion

Distribution of Retail Expenditure

Figure 2 illustrates the distribution of total retail expenditure in the east subregion. As shown below, the greatest concentrations of retail expenditure occur in the Waverley and Botany Bay Local Government Areas. This represents the major shopping centres of Bondi Junction and Eastgardens. Within Randwick LGA, the greatest concentrations of retail expenditure are in Randwick and Maroubra Junction and to a less extent, Coogee, Kingsford and Kensington.

Figure 2. Distribution of Total Retail Expenditure in the East Subregion

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Retail Expenditure by Randwick LGA Residents

As discussed above, the SGS Retail Model calculates the propensity of households in every travelzone (TZ) to spend money in any of the available retail offerings. In doing so, the model is able to estimate the residents’ retail expenditure on commodity groups at a TZ level. The following table shows the distribution of Randwick LGA residents’ retail expenditure by commodity group captured by each of the major activity centres in the LGA as well as the major retail centres of Bondi Junction and East Gardens which are located outside of the LGA.

This table shows that overall, around 40% of Randwick LGA residents’ retail expenditure is captured within Randwick City’s own retail centres. Bondi Junction and East Gardens capture 6% and 5% of spending respectively, with the rest occurring elsewhere (mainly in the Sydney metropolitan region).

Around one-third of Randwick residents’ supermarket expenditure occurs within Randwick LGA, primarily at Randwick Junction and Maroubra Junction. Eastgardens captures around 7% of supermarket spending (reflecting the dearth of any major supermarket offer within Randwick LGA for residents in the south), and Bondi Junction captures around 4%.

As one would expect, most of Randwick LGA residents’ expenditure in department stores occurs outside the LGA, with 23% in Bondi Junction and 17% in Eastgardens. Around 20% of Randwick residents’ expenditure on clothing & soft goods occurs within Randwick City, primarily at Randwick Junction and Maroubra, and around 25% of their spending on household goods occurs within Randwick LGA (with 5% captured by Kensington centre, reflecting Peter’s of Kensington).

The distribution of total expenditure – of residents of Randwick LGA and elsewhere – by commodity group is discussed in further detail below.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table 2. Distribution of Expenditure by Randwick LGA residents

% Exp Clothing % Exp % Exp % Exp Department Dep % Exp and Soft % Exp Household % Exp HH Other Hospitality Hosp. & Supermarkets Supermarkets Stores Stores Other Food Other Food Goods Clothing Goods Goods Other Retail Retail and Services Services Total Maroubra Junction 23,245,748 7% 2,524,702 3% 5,924,678 4% 2,820,933 4% 3,440,584 2% 5,732,876 3% 6,462,342 3% 50,151,863 Randwick Junction 32,849,549 9% 391,619 0% 9,748,649 7% 4,482,239 6% 3,987,996 2% 10,951,273 6% 9,654,736 5% 72,066,061 Kingsford 2,391,935 1% 0 0% 3,267,264 2% 710,354 1% 5,427,785 3% 3,999,501 2% 4,805,535 3% 20,602,374 Kensington 636,737 0% 0 0% 734,101 1% 552,193 1% 8,947,327 5% 3,130,387 2% 2,533,158 1% 16,533,903 Coogee 3,839,521 1% 0 0% 4,682,892 3% 426,374 1% 960,375 1% 3,736,952 2% 9,435,224 5% 23,081,337 Other within LGA 50,271,127 14% 2,957,179 3% 28,383,070 21% 6,706,157 8% 20,433,354 12% 24,291,107 14% 42,242,515 22% 175,284,509 Total within Randwick LGA 113,234,617 32% 5,873,500 6% 52,740,654 39% 15,698,249 20% 43,197,421 25% 51,842,096 29% 75,133,510 40% 357,720,047 Bondi Junction 14,609,420 4% 22,626,390 23% 6,358,076 5% 5,894,554 7% 6,879,339 4% 9,153,298 5% 5,934,458 3% 71,455,534 Eastgardens 24,394,593 7% 16,774,563 17% 6,253,775 5% 4,595,558 6% 3,057,726 2% 7,201,106 4% 1,716,009 1% 63,993,331 Total other outside Randwick LGA 197,154,559 56% 54,462,647 55% 71,130,220 52% 53,421,651 67% 118,302,219 69% 108,091,950 61% 107,349,661 56% 709,912,908 Total 349,393,189 99,737,100 136,482,725 79,610,012 171,436,705 176,288,450 190,133,638 1,203,081,819

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Retail Expenditure by Commodity

As illustrated in Figure 3, areas including shopping centres such as Bondi Junction, Pagewood and Randwick contain the highest supermarket expenditure. Bondi Junction Westfield, Eastgardens Westfield and Royal Randwick Shopping Centre and Randwick Plaza Shopping Centre contain Coles, Woolworths, Franklins and Food for Less supermarkets which generate a large proportion of supermarket expenditure in the east subregion. Maroubra Junction is another area to note with significant supermarket expenditure; it contains Pacific Square Shopping Centre which includes a Coles.

Similarly, travelzones incorporating Bondi Junction, Eastgardens and Randwick Shopping Centres contain the highest expenditure on ‘other food’ (refer to Figure 4). ‘Other food’ may contain specialist food stores such as butchers, greengrocers and bakeries. There is also a significant proportion of expenditure for ‘other food’ focused around Maroubra Junction, Coogee, Randwick and Kingsford business zones.

Figure 3. Supermarkets Figure 4. Other Food

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

As illustrated in Figure 5 Bondi Junction and Pagewood contain the highest expenditure for department stores as these areas include David Jones, Myer, Big W and Target. Besides Bondi

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Junction and Pagewood, other areas in the east subregion do not contain any major department stores that generate a substantial expenditure.

Expenditure on household goods is highest in Moore Park, Bondi Junction and Kensington North (refer Figure 6). The Supa Centa in Moore Park contains more than 45 specialty household stores and is the only major household goods shopping centre in eastern Sydney. In addition to the Supa Centa, Bondi Junction Westfield and Peters of Kensington contribute to a large proportion of household good expenditure to the east subregion.

Figure 5. Department Stores Figure 6. Household Goods

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

In general, spending on clothing & soft goods occurs both in areas which contain a shopping centre and strip-retail centres in a business zone. As illustrated in Figure 7 Bondi Junction, Pagewood, Moore Park, Maroubra West and Randwick contain the highest expenditure for clothing and soft goods.

Expenditure for ‘other retail’ is generally focused in zones which contain shopping centres such as Bondi Junction, Pagewood, Randwick Junction, Moore Park and Maroubra West (refer to Figure 8). ‘Other retail’ may include gift stores, news agencies, jewellery stores or electronic stores.

Figure 7. Clothing and Soft Goods Figure 8. Other Retail

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

The highest proportion of hospitality and services expenditure in the east subregion is in Bondi Junction (refer to Figure 9). Randwick Racecourse, Randwick East and Coogee also contain a large share of hospitality and services expenditure due to the various bars and cafes located in the region. Pacific Square Shopping Centre in Maroubra Junction comprises of various takeaway and fresh food shops. The Spot in Randwick is popular for its range of Thai restaurants, while 9 ways in Kingsford contains a variety of Asian restaurants and Coogee comprises of cafes and takeaway shops along the beach front.

Figure 9. Hospitality and Services

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2.3 Origin of Retail Expenditure in the Main Centres

2.3.1 Maroubra Junction

Origin of Retail Expenditure

Figure 10 illustrates the origin of retail expenditure in the Maroubra Junction Business Zone. The majority of retail expenditure in Maroubra Junction originates from Randwick and Botany Bay LGA. In particular, expenditure comes from surrounding areas such as Maroubra North, Maroubra, Maroubra West, Matraville and Hillsdale. There are lower proportions of retail expenditure in Maroubra Junction further away from the business zone due to the various shopping centres and retail strips surrounding Maroubra Junction.

Figure 10. Origin of Retail Expenditure in Maroubra Junction

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Origin of Retail Expenditure by Commodity

Pacific Square Shopping Centre in Maroubra Junction contains Aldi and Coles supermarkets. As illustrated in Figure 11, expenditure at these supermarkets is primarily from Maroubra, Matraville, Hillsdale, Kingsford, Kensington and Randwick. Maroubra Junction Business Zone comprises of a variety of takeaway and fresh food stores which are primarily located along Anzac Parade and in Pacific Square Shopping Centre. Expenditure on ‘other food’ in Maroubra Junction is mainly from Randwick and Botany Bay LGA, in particular Maroubra North, Maroubra, Maroubra West, Matraville and Hillsdale.

Figure 11. Supermarkets Figure 12. Other Food

Expenditure in department stores, household goods stores, clothing and soft goods stores and other retail in Maroubra Junction is mainly sourced from Randwick and Botany Bay LGA, in particular Maroubra North, Maroubra, Maroubra West, Matraville and Hillsdale (refer to Figure 13, Figure 14 and Figure 15). Similarly, there are lower proportions of expenditure in Maroubra Junction further away from the business zone due to the various shopping centres and retail strips surrounding Maroubra Junction.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 13. Department Stores Figure 14. Other Retail

Figure 15. Household Goods Stores Figure 16. Clothing and Soft Goods Stores

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Expenditure in hospitality and services in Maroubra Junction is mainly from Randwick and Botany Bay LGA, in particular Maroubra North, Maroubra, Maroubra West, Matraville and Hillsdale (refer to Figure 17). Within Pacific Square shopping centre and along Anzac Parade there are various cafes and medical services that add to Maroubra’s retail expenditure.

Figure 17. Hospitality and Services

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2.3.2 Randwick Junction

Origin of Retail Expenditure

Figure 18 illustrates the origin of retail expenditure in the Randwick Business Zone. The majority of retail expenditure in Randwick originates from the northern tip of Randwick LGA. In particular, expenditure comes from surrounding areas such as Randwick, Randwick Racecourse and Randwick East. In addition to these areas, a significant proportion of retail expenditure in Randwick originates from Clovelly, Coogee, Hospital, Kingsford North and Kensington zones. The origin of retail expenditure is focused in one location as there are various shopping centres and retail strips close to Randwick business zone.

Figure 18. Origin of Retail Expenditure in Randwick

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Origin of Retail Expenditure by Commodity

Royal Randwick Shopping Centre, Randwick Plaza Shopping Centre and Randwick’s retail strip comprises of various supermarkets (Food for Less and Coles supermarkets) and ‘other food’ stores that sell fresh food, health food and takeaway food. The majority of expenditure for these supermarkets and ‘other food’ stores comes from Randwick, Randwick East and Randwick Racecourse (refer to Figure 20). A significant proportion of expenditure also comes from Bronte, Waverly, Clovelly, Coogee, Maroubra, Kingsford and Kensington.

Figure 19. Supermarkets Figure 20. Other Food

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

There is only one department store in Randwick business zone, Best and Less, which is located in Royal Randwick Shopping Centre. As illustrated in Figure 21 expenditure at Best and Less in Randwick is predominantly sourced from within the Randwick TZ.

Expenditure on household goods, clothing and soft goods and other retail commodity groups in Randwick business zone is mainly sourced from within Randwick LGA, in particular Randwick, Randwick East and Randwick Racecourse (refer to Figure 22, Figure 23, and Figure 24). A significant proportion of expenditure also comes from Bronte, Waverly, Clovelly, Coogee, Maroubra, Kingsford and Kensington. Royal Randwick Shopping Centre, Randwick Plaza Shopping Centre and Randwick’s retail strip contain various household goods stores, clothing and soft goods stores and other retail stores.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 21. Department Stores and Figure 22. Other Retail

Figure 23. Household Goods Stores Figure 24. Clothing and Soft Goods Stores

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Randwick contains various cafes and restaurants and medical services that support The Prince of Wales Hospital. The highest proportion of hospitality and services expenditure comes from Randwick, Waverly, Clovelly, Coogee, Maroubra, Kingsford and Kensington (refer to Figure 25).

Figure 25. Hospitality and Services

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2.3.3 Kensington

Origin of Retail Expenditure

As illustrated in Figure 26, retail in Kensington is not a significant market in terms of expenditure. Kensington’s retail is primarily along Anzac Parade and includes Peter’s of Kensington, clothing stores, takeaway stores, restaurants, news agencies and medical services. The majority of Kensington’s retail expenditure is from Kensington and Kensington North.

Figure 26. Origin of Retail Expenditure in Kensington

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Origin of Retail Expenditure by Commodity

As illustrated in Figure 27 and Figure 28, Kensington’s supermarkets and ‘other food’ stores do not contribute to a significant market in terms of expenditure. Kensington has smaller scale supermarkets along Anzac Parade and few ‘other food’ stores such as cafes and fresh food stores. There are various supermarkets and ‘other food’ stores in Randwick that compete with Kensington.

Figure 27. Supermarkets Figure 28. Other Food

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

In Kensington, retail expenditure on hospitality and services comes from Randwick, Maroubra, Kingsford and Kensington (refer to Figure 29). Kensington includes takeaway food shops, cafes, restaurants and pubs that contribute to hospitality expenditure. Peter’s of Kensington is a large store which contains various household goods and captures a large proportion of retail expenditure for the area. Expenditure in household goods in Kensington comes from a large catchment area which includes Matraville, Randwick, Waverly, Clovelly, Coogee, Maroubra, Kingsford and Kensington (refer to Figure 30). As illustrated in Figure 31, there is not significant expenditure in clothing and soft goods stores in Kensington however the small amount there is, is primarily sourced from Kensington and Kensington North. ‘Other retail’ stores in Kensington may include gift stores, news agencies, jewellery stores or electronic stores. Retail expenditure in ‘other retail’ stores in Kensington comes from Randwick, Clovelly, Maroubra, and Kensington (refer Figure 32).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 29. Hospitality and Services Figure 30. Household Goods Stores

Figure 31. Clothing and Soft Goods Figure 32. Other Retail Stores Stores

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2.3.4 Kingsford

Origin of Retail Expenditure

As illustrated in Figure 33, retail in Kingsford is not a significant market in terms of expenditure. Kingsford’s retail is primarily along Anzac Parade and focused around 9 ways and includes takeway stores, restaurants, fresh food shops, real estate agents, news agencies and pubs. The majority of Kingsford’s retail expenditure is from Kingsford, Kensington and Randwick.

Figure 33. Origin of Retail Expenditure in Kingsford

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Origin of Retail Expenditure by Commodity

As illustrated in Figure 34 and Figure 35, Kingsford’s supermarkets and ‘other food’ stores capture significant retail expenditure. Kingsford has smaller scale supermarkets such as IGA located along Anzac Parade and few ‘other food’ stores such as restaurants, cafes, takeaway stores and fresh food stores.

Figure 34. Supermarkets Figure 35. Other Food

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

The household goods commodity is not a significant market for Kingsford although the centre does contain various household goods shops such as a lighting store. Expenditure in household goods in Kingsford comes from a large catchment which includes the areas of Randwick, Clovelly, Coogee, Maroubra, Kingsford and Kensington (refer to Figure 37. Similarly, clothing and soft goods stores to nnot attract significant expenditure and expenditure for this retail market is very self contained.

‘Other retail’ stores in Kingsford may include gift stores, news agencies or electronic stores. Expenditure on ‘other retail’ in Kingsford comes from Randwick, Kingsford, Maroubra and Kensington (refer to Figure 39). Kingsford houses various takeaway food shops, cafes, restaurants and pubs that contribute to its hospitality expenditure. In particular, Churchills is a large pub open 24 hours which attracts people from a wide catchment. The highest proportion of hospitality and services expenditure comes from Matraville, Randwick, Waverly, Clovelly, Coogee, Maroubra, Eastlakes, Hillsdale, Kingsford and Kensington (refer to Figure 36).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 36. Hospitality and Services Figure 37. Household Goods Stores

Figure 38. Clothing and Soft Goods Figure 39. Other Retail Stores Stores

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2.3.5 Coogee

Origin of Retail Expenditure

Retail is not a large market in Coogee (refer to Figure 40). Coogee’s retail is primarily along Arden Street and Coogee Bay Road and includes takeway shops, restaurants, small supermarkets, pubs and clothing shops. The majority of Coogee’s retail expenditure is generated from Coogee, Clovelly, Maroubra and Randwick.

Figure 40. Origin of Retail Expenditure in Coogee

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Origin of Retail Expenditure by Commodity

As illustrated in Figure 41 and Figure 42, Coogee’s expenditure in supermarkets and ‘other food’ stores is relatively self-contained. Coogee has smaller scale supermarkets along Coogee Bay Road and few ‘other food’ stores such as restaurants, cafes, takeaway stores and fresh food stores. There are various supermarkets and ‘other food’ stores in Randwick that compete with Coogee.

Figure 41. Supermarkets Figure 42. Other Food

Source: SGS Retail Model, 2007.

As shown in Figure 44, expenditure in the household goods and clothing and soft goods commodity groups is low in Coogee. Expenditure in the former is sourced from Randwick and Coogee and expenditure in clothing and soft goods stores is primarily from Coogee.

‘Other retail’ in Coogee is a relatively small market although it includes gift stores, news agencies and electronic stores. Expenditure of ‘other retail’ stores in Coogee comes from Coogee, Clovelly, Randwick and Maroubra (refer to Figure 46).

There is large variety of Coogee takeaway food shops, cafes, restaurants and pubs that contribute to hospitality expenditure In Coogee. In particular, the Coogee Bay Palace and Coogee Bay Hotel are large pubs which attract people to the area. The highest proportion of hospitality and services expenditure comes from Randwick, Waverly, Clovelly, Coogee and Maroubra however as shown in Figure 43, expenditure is sourced from throughout the east subregion.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 43. Hospitality and Services Figure 44. Household Goods Stores

Figure 45. Clothing and Soft Goods Figure 46. Other Retail Stores Stores

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2.4 Future Floorspace Requirements

National Trends

To estimate the changing patterns of retail expenditure, regression analysis was performed on data from 1983 to 2004 as published in the ABS Retail Trade publication (8501.0). This enabled an estimate of how the real growth in the national retail expenditure per capita has changed over time. Calculations of the available expenditure in Randwick LGA were completed by translating national trends to the local context in line with the socio-economic profile of the LGA. Results of the regression analysis are shown in the figure below.

Table 3. National Retail Spending per Capita (constant 2001 $)

3,500

3,000

2,500

Forecast

2,000

1,500 $ $ per Capita per Annum

1,000

500

0 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 2011

Supermarkets Other Food Department Stores Clothing HH Goods Other Retail Hospitality and Services

Source: ABS Retail Trade publication (8501.0) and SGS projection.

As seen in the following table, growth is projected in all commodity groups except ‘Department Stores’ and ‘Clothing’. This reflects recent industry trends, which have shown a shift of spending away from higher order Department Stores (such as David Jones, Myer Grace Brothers) in regional centres. This does not necessarily mean that people are buying fewer clothes, but instead is likely to indicate how the price of clothes has decreased relatively in recent times. Table 4 summarises the effect this pattern will have on retail expenditure per capita between years 2001 and 2026.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table 4. National Retail Expenditure Per Capita (2001$)

2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 Supermarkets 2,504 2,764 2,992 3,220 3,449 3,677 Department Stores 715 713 656 598 541 483 Other Food 978 1,069 1,107 1,144 1,182 1,219 Clothing 571 571 532 493 454 414 HH Goods 1,229 1,376 1,452 1,527 1,603 1,679 Other Retail 1,264 1,440 1,547 1,654 1,761 1,868 Hospitality and Services 1,363 1,502 1,525 1,548 1,571 1,593 Total 8,623 9,436 9,810 10,185 10,559 10,934 Source: ABS Retail Trade publication (8501.0) and SGS projections.

Future Demand in Randwick LGA

By translating national trends to the local context in line with the socio-economic profile of the LGA, future expenditure in various commodity groups can be identified. Retail expenditure by commodity groups have been used in conjunction with benchmark Retail Turnover Densities ($/sqm) and current actual floorspace to arrive at estimates of retail floorspace demand by commodity group for Randwick LGA and its major activity centres. The following chart shows the demand for retail floorspace (by commodity group) in Randwick for the period 2006 to 2021. It is estimated that the demand for Supermarket floorspace would register the highest growth (from 85,529sqm in 2006 to 124,628sqm by 2021). This will be followed by Other Retail and Hospitality and Services. The demand for Department Store floorspace as well as that of Clothing and Soft Goods will decline in the same period. This is in line with the national trends as explained above.

Figure 47. Retail Floorspace Demand Forecasts, 2006-2031 – Rooty Hill

140,000

120,000

100,000

80,000

sqm 60,000

40,000

20,000

0 Department Clothing and Household Hospitality Supermarkets Other Food Other Retail Stores Soft Goods Goods and Services

2006 85,529 21,711 34,776 18,221 31,813 42,577 52,890 2021 124,628 20,656 44,773 17,612 43,190 61,237 63,681

Source: SGS Retail Model 2007, Randwick Activity Centres Land Use Survey 2007

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

In addition to forecasting demand by commodity group, we can forecast future demand for retail floorspace in the individual centres.

Table 5 below the percentage increases off the 2006 base forecast to 2031. It should be noted however that over the longer term horizon out to 2031m forecasts are less robust and as such this discussion will predominantly focus on the future floorspace demand up until 2021. Maroubra and Kingsford, Kensington are expected to see the greatest increase in demand for retail floorspace over the next 15 years, as will other retail strips and centres in the LGA such as The Spot. Overall the LGA is expected to experience a 20% increase in demand for retail floorspace between 2006 and 2021.

Table 5. Future Floorspace demand 2006-2031

2006 2021 2031 Randwick Junction Base 11% 19% Kingsford Base 20% 33% Kensington Base 20% 34% Coogee Base 18% 30% Maroubra Base 21% 36% Elsewhere within LGA Base 26% 44% Total Base 20% 35%

As shown in Figure 48, this equates to an approximately an additional 5,500sqm in both Kingsford and Maroubra and an additional 8,300sqm in Coogee over the 15 year period. Overall, the LGA is expected to require an additional 54,600sqm between 2006 and 2021.

Figure 48. Retail Floorspace Demand Forecasts, 2006-2021 – Randwick

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000 sqm

40,000

20,000

0 Randw ick Elsew here Kingsford Kensington Coogee Maroubra Junction w ithin LGA

2006 60,066 28,685 19,681 46,767 27,010 85,549 2021 66,811 34,312 23,608 55,082 32,624 107,445

1746rea (Report - Appendix 2 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study Appendix 3: Town Centres Audit

Randwick City Council July 2008

This proposal has been prepared on behalf of:

This report has been prepared by: SGS Economics and Planning Pty. Ltd. ACN 007 437 729 Suite 12/50 Reservoir Street, Surry Hills NSW 2010 phone: 61 2 8307 0121 fax: 61 2 8307 0126 email: [email protected] web: www.sgs-pl.com.au

1 Introduction ...... 2

2 Randwick City Summary ...... 4

3 Metro Centre Detail – Main Centres ...... 7

3.1 Randwick Junction ...... 11 3.2 Maroubra Junction ...... 13 3.3 Kensington ...... 14 3.4 Kingsford ...... 16 3.5 Coogee ...... 17 3.6 The Spot ...... 19 3.7 Matraville ...... 20 3.8 Maroubra Beach ...... 22 3.9 Frenchmans Road ...... 23 3.10 Maroubra South ...... 25 3.11 Clovelly ...... 26 3.12 Malabar ...... 28

4 Metro Centre Detail – Neighbourhood Centres ...... 30

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

1 Introduction

Following the release of Sydney Metropolitan Strategy: City of Cities in 2005, the Draft East Sub-regional Strategy was released for the Eastern Suburbs area to provide more fine-grained detail about the region and its objectives. The Draft East Sub-regional Strategy outlines a hierarchy of centres in Randwick City Council, which is presented in Table 1 and Figure 1 below.

Table 1. Randwick City Council Centres Hierarchy

Category Location Focus Specialised Randwick Education and Health Focus of national and international business. Centre Centres Complex (3 km2) currently employs 9,200 and is expected to grow to 12,100 by 2031 Town Centres Randwick; Maroubra Junction One or two supermarkets, community facilities and services; 4,500 - 9,000 dwellings. Maroubra Junction is considered one of the main shopping centres in the LGA which has undergone recent reinvigoration resulting from increased mixed use development and expansion of the mall. Randwick town centre functions as a traditional high street. It is considered to have limited capacity for growth due to heritage considerations. Villages Coogee; Kingsford; Kensington Strip of shops containing small supermarket and local services (hairdressers, take-away food shops); 2,100 – 5,500 dwellings. Small Village Matraville; Malabar; Maroubra Bay; Small strip of shops within 5-10 minutes of residential The Spot; Clovelly; Frenchmans Road area; 800 – 2,700 dwellings. Neighbourhood North Randwick; West Randwick; One or a small cluster of shops and services; between Centre Clovelly; Clovelly Beach; Coogee 150 – 900 dwellings. Beach; Havelock St (Coogee); Dolphin St (Coogee); Moverly Road (Coogee); Botany St; Duffy’s Corner; Maroubra South; Lurline; Little Bay; Chifley; La Perouse Enterprise Parts of Anzac parade Low cost accommodation for a range of local and Corridor regional services that benefit form high levels of passing traffic (ie. Car yards, light activity area and offices). Also serves as buffer between residential development and the road. Source: Metropolitan Strategy

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 1. Retail Hierarchy, Randwick City

Source: Metropolitan Strategy

The purpose of the audit was to provide improved detail on the nature of the economic activity and land consumption in the various town centres areas across the LGA. Information was garnered on the extent and use of the built form in each centre; the share of space being used for residential purposes and the usage split (by ANZSIC activity area) for employment floorspace. The findings of this audit follow.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

2 Randwick City Summary

Randwick City is an incredibly diverse LGA, ranging from beaches to Sydney’s main port to vast open spaces. In total, 26 retail centres within Randwick City were included in the land audit. These include: Towns – Randwick and Maroubra; Villages – Kensington, Kingsford and Coogee Small Villages – Clovelly, Frenchmans Road, Malabar, Maroubra Beach, Maroubra South, Matraville and The Spot; Neighbourhood Centres - Botany Street, Bunnerong-Maroubra Road, Chifley, Clovelly Beach, Dolphin Street, Duffys Corner, Havelock Street, La Perouse, Little Bay, Lurline, Moverly Road, North Randwick, South Coogee and West Randwick.

Across Randwick LGA, the audit uncovered approximately 315,000 square metres of floorspace currently being used for employment activities in the town centres. Figure 2 shows the cumulative floorspace of the activities present in the various centres. Accommodation, cafes and restaurants and retail trade businesses occupy the most floorspace. The town centres also have a large proportion of floorspace housing health & community services activities. Consistent with the high share of employment in ‘leisure industries’ in Randwick City, there is also a significant floorspace occupied by personal & other services and cultural & recreational services. While there is some floorspace utilised for property & business services, the amount quite small relative to employment in this activity area, consistent with the large share of people in this property & businesses who work from home.

Figure 2. Floorspace by Activity Area, Randwick City, 2007

120,000

100,000

80,000

) 2

60,000 Floorspace(m

40,000

20,000

0 Hlth & Pers & Acm caf Ret Cult & Prop & Fin & Com- Whl Tran & Ag, for & comm other Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest trade rec serv bus serv insur unic serv trade stor fish serv serv Floorspace 101,475 93,937 41,167 38,992 27,177 18,018 12,171 4,569 1,941 1,900 1,559 831 165 101 0 0 0

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

The count of establishments by activity area is displayed in Figure 3. Consistent with their dominance by the floorspace measure, the two sectors that possess the highest numbers of establishments are the retail trade and accommodation, cafes and restaurants industries.

Figure 3. Number of Establishments by Activity Area, Randwick City, 2007

400

350

300

250

200

150

Number Number oforganisations 100

50

0 Hlth & Acm caf & Pers & Prop & Fin & Cult & recCom - unic Tran & Ag, for & Ret trade comm Educ Whl trade Manuf Constr Govt Min Util rest other servbus serv insur serv serv stor fish serv Number of organisations 345 314 217 184 117 46 39 11 7 5 3 1 1 1 0 0 0

Source: SGS

Floorspace by organisation is presented in Figure 4. Government shows up as requiring the largest floorspace per establishment, but his figure solely reflects a large Centrelink building in Maroubra Junction (which was the only government organisation situated on the audited land). Thereafter the results appear sensible, with the most floorspace required for activities such as culture & recreation, transport & storage, communications services and wholesale trade. More moderate space is required for each establishment in the accommodation, cafes & restaurants, retail trade, finance & insurance and personal & other services industries. Education establishments are marked as requiring just minimal floorspace per establishment, but this result is underpinned by tutoring and similar establishments and excludes most schools (as they are situated in areas under special use zoning rather than business zoning).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 4. Average Floorspace per Establishment by Activity Area, Randwick City, 2007

2,500

2,000

1,500

) 2

1,000

500 Floorspaceorganisationper (m

0 Cult & Com- Acm Pers & Hlth & Prop & Tran & Whl Ret Fin & Ag, for Govt rec unic caf & other comm Manuf bus Educ Constr Min Util stor trade trade insur & fish serv serv rest serv serv serv Floorspace per organisation 1,941 697 520 415 380 323 272 265 212 190 165 154 119 101 0 0 0

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

3 Metro Centre Detail – Main Centres

Floorspace by centre is presented in Figure 5 for twelve main retail centres in Randwick City. The audit-based estimates suggest that Randwick Junction currently has the highest total floorspace, followed by Maroubra Junction. However, there was a substantial amount of construction underway in Maroubra Junction when the audit of Randwick City’s employment lands was undertaken; indeed, incorporating an estimate of non-residential floorspace at the recently completed Pacific Square (roughly 11,000 sqm) lifts the total floorspace at Maroubra Junction significantly. Moreover, given Maroubra Junction’s potential for further expansion (in contrast to the heritage and other constraints prevalent at Randwick Junction), it is likely to become the largest business area in Randwick City in the near future.

In general the estimated hierarchy of floorspace provision corresponds with the Metro strategy retail hierarchy for the Randwick City centres. The two ‘town’ centres – Randwick and Maroubra Junctions – have the highest quantity of floorspace, while the three ‘village’ centres – Coogee Beach, Kingsford and Kensington1 – follow. The ‘small village’ centres – also shown in Figure 5 – have less employment floorspace, with ‘neighbourhood’ centres smaller still.

Figure 5. Floorspace by Centre, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

90,000

80,000

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000 Area Area (m2)

30,000

20,000

10,000

0 French- Randwick Maroubra Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction Junction Beach ton* Beach bra South Road Pacific Square (approx) 11,000 Employment Floorspace 77,995 54,917 50,309 38,002 24,280 22,829 12,423 12,809 9,358 5,716 3,859 3,054

Source: SGS

1 Note that the audit of Kensington only covers the business zoned areas on the main strip between Todman Avenue and Carlton Street. Floorspace figures therefore fall short of estimates that include the zone between Darling Street and Doncaster Avenue or businesses on residentially zoned land.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 6 shows estimates of vacant floorspace, in terms of square metres and as a percentage of total employment floorspace in each centre. Note that these estimates include floorspace that is ‘vacant’ because building construction is still underway. Indeed, the figure indicates that Maroubra Junction has the largest measure of vacant floorspace, but this partly reflects new capacity that was under construction during the period when the audit was conducted (and therefore likely represents viable capacity). There is a particularly significant share of vacant floorspace in Matraville, which is consistent with consultation suggesting viability has become quite an issue for shop owners in the precinct. Maroubra South (which includes the strip of shops along Lexington Place) also has a high incidence of vacancies. In contrast, occupancy rates are very high in The Spot, Clovelly, Coogee and Frenchman’s Road.

Figure 6. Vacant Floorspace by Centre, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

9,000 18.0%

8,000 16.0%

7,000 14.0%

6,000 12.0%

5,000 10.0%

4,000 8.0%

3,000 6.0% VacantFloorspace

2,000 4.0%

1,000 2.0%

0 0.0% Maroubra French- Randwick Junction Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction (excl Pac. Beach ton Beach bra South Road Sq.) Floorspace (sqm) 2,837 8,561 1,306 5,055 3,401 0 2,232 2,364 412 951 0 280 Share (%) 3.5% 11.5% 2.5% 11.7% 12.3% 0.0% 15.2% 15.6% 4.2% 14.3% 0.0% 8.4%

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 7 shows the (audited) land area of the twelve main centres in Randwick City (with centres ordered from left to right from the highest to the lowest business floorspace). Despite having less employment floorspace than Randwick Junction at present, Maroubra Junction had the largest audited land area, at around 13 hectares. Kingsford, Randwick Junction, Maroubra Beach, Coogee Beach and Matraville each cover closer to 6 hectares of land. Kensington centre covers an area of approximately 3 hectares and the remaining ‘small village’ centres cover less than 2 hectares each.

Figure 7. Audited Land Area, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

140,000

120,000

100,000

80,000

) 2

Area (m Area 60,000

40,000

20,000

0 French- Randwick Maroubra Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction Junction Beach ton* Beach bra South Road Land area 61,557 132,706 54,611 69,965 30,568 20,117 16,934 48,251 16,919 12,333 10,036 3,812

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Average employment land floorspace ratios – the amount of floorspace used currently used for business purposes relative to the amount of land (i.e. excluding vacancies and residential floorspace) – are shown in Figure 8. The older, more established town centres tend to have the highest ratio of business floorspace to land area (business FSR). Both Randwick Junction and The Spot have business FSRs greater than unity, reflecting a combination of dense building structures and a high utilisation of second-story floorspace for employment purposes. In contrast, Maroubra Junction has a relatively low average business FSR, though this partly reflects lots where construction was underway when the audit was undertaken. Matraville centre has a particularly low business FSR, reflecting fairly sparse activity and a number of vacancies.

Figure 8. Average Employment Land Floorspace Ratios, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8 FSR

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0 Maroubra French- Randwick Junction Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction (incl Pac. Beach ton Beach bra South Road Sq.) Avg Employment FSR 1.3 0.5 0.9 0.5 0.8 1.1 0.7 0.3 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.8 Source: SGS

Figure 9 displays the floorspace of apartment dwellings attached to buildings with employment floorspace in the various centres. Maroubra Junction and Kingsford stand out as having particularly large capacity of residential space, reflecting the tendency for apartment complex buildings in these centres to be several stories high. There is also a significant amount of residential space at Coogee Beach and Randwick Junction attached to employment space, but this reflects more traditional ‘shop-top’ housing.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 9. Floorspace of Dwellings Attached to Employment Space, Main Centres, Randwick City, 2007

180,000

160,000

140,000

120,000

100,000

) 2

80,000

Floorspace(m 60,000

40,000

20,000

0 Maroubra French- Randwick Junction Coogee Kensing- Maroubra Marou- Kingsford The Spot Matraville mans Clovelly Malabar Junction (incl Pac. Beach ton Beach bra South Road Sq.) Floorspace 18,965 169,360 24,676 100,104 10,264 9771 7469 10757 8560 1421 9503 145

Source: SGS

3.1 Randwick Junction

Randwick Junction is a favourite shopping strip with hospital staff and university students. Providing a range of retail opportunities, from supermarkets to fine dining and fast food, the shopping strip is constantly alive. The centre is less modern than the new Pacific Square at Maroubra or Bondi Junction Westfield, but it has a rich character and heritage considerations would likely restrict any major development in the area.

Figure 10 shows the floorspace share per activity area in Randwick Junction, compared with that of Randwick City overall. Randwick Junction has a particularly high share of retail trade floorspace, and a smaller share of leisure activity floorspace (accommodation, cafes and restaurants and personal & other services) than Randwick City more generally. It is also shown as having a lower proportion of health & community services floorspace than Randwick City overall, but the audit excluded many of the health-related institutions along Avoca Street (as the land they operate on is zoned for special use purposes, rather than business specifically).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 10. Randwick Junction, Floorspace Share by Activity Area, 2007

45.0%

40.0%

35.0%

30.0%

25.0%

Percentage 20.0%

15.0%

10.0%

5.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Com- Acm caf Ret Cult & Prop & Fin & Whl Tran & Ag, for comm other unic Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest trade rec serv bus serv insur trade stor & fish serv serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Randwick Junction 19.3% 40.7% 10.8% 7.6% 8.6% 3.0% 4.3% 3.8% 0.0% 1.7% 0.0% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Source: SGS

Figure 11 shows the locations of the different activity areas in Randwick Junction, based on the dominant business activity in each building.

Figure 11. Randwick Junction, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

3.2 Maroubra Junction

The floorspace share per activity area in Maroubra Junction, compared with that of Randwick City overall, is shown in Figure 12. Health and community services dominate the business activities in Maroubra Junction, reflecting the medical centre, which occupies around a quarter of the economic activity floorspace in the centre. Maroubra Junction also has very high share of floorspace devoted to office activities in the areas of property & business services and finance & insurance, relative to the broader Randwick region. This is consistent with the feel of the centre, which tends to be more business-oriented than retail-oriented.

The recently completed Pacific Square complex (which was under construction when the audit was undertaken) adds to the mix on offer at Maroubra Junction, housing several supermarkets and food and other speciality stores (over roughly 11,000 sqm of non-residential floorspace in total).

Figure 13 illustrates the locations of the different activity areas in Maroubra Junction, based on the dominant business activity in each building.

Figure 12. Maroubra Junction, Floorspace Share by Activity Area, 200 7

35.0%

30.0%

25.0%

20.0% Percentage 15.0%

10.0%

5.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Com- Acm caf Ret Cult & Prop & Fin & Whl Tran & Ag, for comm other unic Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest trade rec serv bus serv insur trade stor & fish serv serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Maroubra Junction 10.8% 14.5% 27.7% 12.9% 11.1% 8.6% 10.5% 0.0% 3.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.2% 0.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 13. Maroubra Junction, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

3.3 Kensington

The Kensington Town Centre is a north/south retail strip on Anzac Parade, with a business zone stretching from Carlton Street (north) to Todman Street (south). (There is also additional business zoning between Darling Street and Doncaster Avenue but this area was not audited.) The Kensington Town Centre DCP (2002) suggests that to enhance the function of the centre, amalgamation will be required to provide suitably sized sites for redevelopment, particularly as the centre presently lacks an anchor supermarket.

Figure 14 shows the floorspace share per activity area in the Kensington strip, compared with that of Randwick City. The most dominant activity in Kensington is retail trade, which represents almost half of all the business floorspace in the centre. The share of space utilised for retail trade is large relative to Randwick City region more generally, in part reflecting the dominance of the Peter’s of Kensington establishment (part of which is classified here as transport & storage). Accommodation, cafes and restaurants also utilise a significant share of floorspace in the centre.

Figure 15 illustrates the locations of the different activity areas in Kensington, based on the dominant business activity in each building.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 14. Kensington, Floorspace Share by Activity Area, 2007

50.0%

45.0%

40.0%

35.0%

30.0%

25.0% Percentage

20.0%

15.0%

10.0%

5.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Com- Acm caf Ret Cult & Prop & Fin & Whl Tran & Ag, for comm other unic Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest trade rec serv bus serv insur trade stor & fish serv serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Kensington 18.1% 44.6% 8.0% 12.0% 6.4% 5.2% 0.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Source: SGS

Figure 15. Kensington, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

3.4 Kingsford

Kingsford is another north/south retail strip on Anzac Parade stretching from Barker Street (north) to Nine Ways (Kingsford roundabout, south). While there are a variety of businesses in the area, the strip is particularly characterised by a large number of restaurants of Asian and Italian cuisines. Most buildings along the Anzac Parade frontage are mixed-use, with commercial activities taking place mainly on street-level and residential dwellings above. This commercial strip has two IGA supermarkets and two Asian supermarkets, as well as a number of bank branches. The strip is generally popular at night, with its mix of eating options, two local pubs and the Souths Juniors Club further south on Anzac Parade at the far side of the roundabout.

Floorspace by activity area is illustrated for Kingsford in Figure 14 and the activity locations are highlighted in Figure 15 (based on the dominant business activity in each building). In line with Randwick City overall, the most common activities in the centre (by floorspace share) are retail trade and accommodation, cafes and restaurants. Property and business services are also common in Kingsford, occupying three times the share of floorspace than in Randwick City more generally.

Figure 16. Kingsford, Floorspace Share by Activity area, 2007

35.0%

30.0%

25.0%

20.0%

15.0% Percentage

10.0%

5.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Acm caf Cult & Prop & Fin & Com- Whl Tran & Ag, for & Ret trade comm other Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest rec serv bus serv insur unic serv trade stor fish serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Kingsford 25.6% 27.2% 13.9% 9.8% 1.0% 15.2% 4.1% 0.9% 0.0% 0.5% 0.6% 1.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 17. Kingsford, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

3.5 Coogee

One of the main entertainment centres in the Eastern Suburbs, with an attractive beachside location, Coogee is popular with locals and tourists alike. Cafes and restaurants dominate Arden Street and Coogee Bay Road and the large premises of the Coogee Bay Hotel and Coogee Palace are particularly popular at night. Indeed, accommodation, cafes and restaurants – including the two large pubs and the Crowne Plaza Hotel – overwhelmingly dominate activity in Coogee, occupying close to three-quarters of the available floorspace in the centre (as illustrated in Figure 18).

Activity locations are illustrated in Figure 19 (based on the dominant business activity of each building).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 18. Coogee, Floorspace Share by Activity area, 2007

80.0%

70.0%

60.0%

50.0%

40.0% Percentage 30.0%

20.0%

10.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Acm caf Cult & Prop & Fin & Com- Whl Tran & Ag, for & Ret trade comm other Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest rec serv bus serv insur unic serv trade stor fish serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Coogee Beach 72.2% 10.9% 2.6% 6.3% 3.6% 1.4% 1.3% 1.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

Figure 19. Coogee, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

3.6 The Spot

Figure 20 shows the floorspace share per activity area in The Spot. Reflecting the large premises of the Ritz cinema complex (and the Dance Spot performing arts complex opposite), culture and recreational services occupy the most significant share of business floorspace at The Spot. The centre also has a higher share of accommodation, cafe and restaurant floorspace than Randwick City more generally, notwithstanding the impact of the Ritz on this distribution (if the Ritz were excluded, this proportion would be even higher).

These findings reflect the character of the centre; it a destination for entertainment, a vibrant, colourful strip which is particularly popular with locals at night.

Figure 20. The Spot, Floorspace Share by Activity area, 2007

45.0%

40.0%

35.0%

30.0%

25.0%

Percentage 20.0%

15.0%

10.0%

5.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Com- Acm caf Ret Cult & Prop & Fin & Whl Tran & Ag, for comm other unic Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest trade rec serv bus serv insur trade stor & fish serv serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% The Spot 35.4% 7.7% 3.2% 9.0% 42.1% 2.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Source: SGS

Figure 21 shows the locations of the different activities in The Spot, based on the dominant business activity in each building.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 21. The Spot, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

3.7 Matraville

Figure 22 shows the floorspace share of each activity area in Matraville, compared with that of Randwick City overall. The activities common in Matraville are similar to those prevalent in the Randwick City region more generally, with retail trade and accommodation, cafes & restaurants (including the Matraville Hotel) dominating the floorspace mix in the area. There also is a relatively large share of floorspace utilised for health & community service provision.

Figure 23 following shows the locations of the different activity areas in Matraville, based on the dominant business activity in each building.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 22. Matraville, Floorspace Share by Activity area, 2007

35.0%

30.0%

25.0%

20.0% Percentage 15.0%

10.0%

5.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Com- Acm caf Ret Cult & Prop & Fin & Whl Tran & Ag, for comm other unic Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest trade rec serv bus serv insur trade stor & fish serv serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Matraville 24.8% 28.1% 20.7% 12.8% 0.0% 6.9% 3.1% 1.6% 0.0% 1.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

Figure 23. Matraville, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

3.8 Maroubra Beach

Floorspace share per activity area in Maroubra Beach, compared with that of Randwick City, is shown in Figure 24. Personal and other services dominate the activities in the Maroubra Beach centre, occupying more than two-thirds of the business floorspace in the area. This reflects the large premises of the Maroubra Seals community club and a number of buildings used for public order and safety services (including the lifeguard buildings). There is also significant floorspace used for accommodation, cafes and restaurants and some for retail trade.

The employment Floorspace by Activity Area for the dominant land use per building in Maroubra Beach is shown in Figure 25.

Figure 24. Maroubra Beach, Floorspace Sh are by Activity area, 2007

80.0%

70.0%

60.0%

50.0%

40.0% Percentage 30.0%

20.0%

10.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Acm caf Cult & Prop & Fin & Com- Whl Tran & Ag, for & Ret trade comm other Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest rec serv bus serv insur unic serv trade stor fish serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Maroubra Beach 19.0% 8.7% 2.0% 68.1% 0.0% 1.7% 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 25. Maroubra Beach, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

3.9 Frenchmans Road

Figure 26 shows the floorspace share per activity area on Frenchmans Road, compared with that of Randwick City. Activity on Frenchmans Road is overwhelmingly dominated by retail trade, partly reflecting the large Mitre-10 premises in the centre. There is also a significant amount of floorspace used for accommodation, cafes and restaurants, consistent with the broader nature of activity the town centres in Randwick LGA.

Figure 27 shows employment floorspace by activity area for the dominant land use per building in Frenchmans Road.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 26. Frenchmans Road, Floorspace Share by Activity area, 2007

70.0%

60.0%

50.0%

40.0%

Percentage 30.0%

20.0%

10.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Acm caf Cult & Prop & Fin & Com- Whl Tran & Ag, for & Ret trade comm other Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest rec serv bus serv insur unic serv trade stor fish serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Frenchmans Road 22.5% 66.3% 3.1% 5.8% 0.0% 1.1% 1.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

Figure 27. Frenchmans Road, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

3.10 Maroubra South

The area audited as the ‘Maroubra South’ centre includes both the shopping centre at the corner of Malabar Road and Meagher Ave, and the strip of shops along Lexington Place. The floorspace share per activity type – for these two areas in combination – is illustrated in Figure 28. Retail trade dominates the activity types, consistent with the broader Randwick City trend, there is also a large share of space used for accommodation, cafes and restaurants. Health and community services also occupy a higher than average share of floorspace in Maroubra South.

Figure 28. Maroubra South, Floorspace Share by Activity area, 2007

50.0%

45.0%

40.0%

35.0%

30.0%

25.0% Percentage 20.0%

15.0%

10.0%

5.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Acm caf Cult & Prop & Fin & Com- Whl Tran & Ag, for & Ret trade comm other Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest rec serv bus serv insur unic serv trade stor fish serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Maroubra South 33.5% 45.0% 16.5% 5.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

The employment Floorspace by Activity Area for the dominant land use per building in Maroubra South is shown in Figure 29.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 29. Maroubra South, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

3.11 Clovelly

Figure 30 shows the floorspace share per activity area in Clovelly, compared with that of Randwick City. The most prevalent activity area in Clovelly is retail trade. There is also a substantial amount of floorspace used by health and community services, particularly in comparison to the average for Randwick City.

The employment Floorspace by Activity Area for the dominant land use per building in Clovelly is displayed in Figure 31.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 30. Clovelly, Floorspace Share by Activity Area, 2007

50.0%

45.0%

40.0%

35.0%

30.0%

25.0% Percentage 20.0%

15.0%

10.0%

5.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Acm caf Cult & Prop & Fin & Com- Tran & Ag, for & Ret trade comm other Govt Whl trade Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest rec serv bus serv insur unic serv stor fish serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Clovelly 15.6% 46.8% 20.6% 7.7% 0.0% 3.1% 6.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

Figure 31. Clovelly, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

3.12 Malabar

Figure 32 shows the floorspace share per activity area in Malabar centre. Relative to the broader Randwick City region, Malabar has a large share of floorspace used for retail trade. In contrast, there is only one cafe in the centre, and as such, accommodation, cafes and restaurants occupy a smaller-than-average share of the business space. The centre also includes a local medical centre, which boosts the share of space used for health and community services provision.

Figure 33 shows the employment Floorspace by Activity Area for the dominant land use per building in Malabar.

Figure 32. Malabar, Floorspace Share by Activity Area, 2007

60.0%

50.0%

40.0%

30.0% Percentage

20.0%

10.0%

0.0% Hlth & Pers & Acm caf Cult & Prop & Fin & Com- Whl Tran & Ag, for & Ret trade comm other Govt Educ Manuf Constr Util Min & rest rec serv bus serv insur unic serv trade stor fish serv serv Total - Randwick City 29.5% 27.3% 12.0% 11.3% 7.9% 5.2% 3.5% 1.3% 0.6% 0.6% 0.5% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Malabar 11.3% 49.2% 17.8% 6.8% 0.0% 10.4% 0.0% 4.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 33. Malabar, Activity Locations, 2007

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

4 Metro Centre Detail – Neighbourhood Centres

The neighbourhood centres in Randwick City, a total of 14 centres, were also audited for this study. The floorspace per centre is represented in Figure 34 below. Of the neighbourhood centres, Bunnerong Road has the highest employment floorspace, followed by West Randwick. There is no employment floorspace in the Chifley centre, with buildings apparently designed for retail purposes currently being used for residential purposes.

Figure 34. Floorspace by Centre, Neighbourhood Centres, Randwick City, 2007

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

Area (m2) Area 3,000

2,000

1,000

0 Bunner- West North Dolphin Moverly Have- Clovelly La Per- Botany Duffys Little South ong Rand- Rand- St - Lurline St - lock St - Chifley Beach ouse St Corner Bay Coogee Road wick wick Coogee Coogee Coogee Employment Floorspace 7,459 4,943 4,271 2,267 1,798 1,712 1,555 1,332 854 798 516 409 245 0

Source: SGS

The underlying land area audited for each of the neighbourhood centres is presented in Figure 35. The two centres with the highest audited land area, Bunnerong Road and West Randwick, also have the highest floorspace per centre as found above.

The resultant average employment land to floorspace ratio is presented in Figure 36. Business space is most densely occupied in Clovelly Beach, with Botany Street and Lurline also presenting relatively high business floorspace ratios (though in all three cases these are less than unity). The lowest business floorspace ratio is in Duffy’s corner, where only a small portion of the audited lot is utilised for business purposes – most is residential.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 35. Audited Land Area, Neighbourhood Centres, Randwick City, 2007

18,000

16,000

14,000

12,000

) 10,000 2

8,000 Area (m Area

6,000

4,000

2,000

0 Bunner- West North Dolphin Moverly Have- Clovelly La Per- Botany Duffys Little South ong Rand- Rand- St - Lurline St - lock St - Chifley Beach ouse St Corner Bay Coogee Road wick wick Coogee Coogee Coogee Land area 15,580 10,545 5,720 7,871 3,472 2,686 4,188 1,972 4,311 4,829 1,579 912 1,073 1,348

Source: SGS

Figure 36. Average Employment Land Floorspace Ratios, Neighbou rhood Centres, Randwick City, 2007

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4 FSR

0.3

0.2

0.1

0.0 Bunner- West North Dolphin Moverly Have- Clovelly La Per- Botany Duffys Little South ong Rand- Rand- St - Lurline St - lock St - Chifley Beach ouse St Corner Bay Coogee Road wick wick Coogee Coogee Coogee Average Employment FSR 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.4 0.7 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.2 0.0

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Floorspace share by activity area for the 14 neighbourhood centres is displayed in Figure 37. The most dominant activity area categories are retail trade, accommodation, cafes and restaurants, and personal and other services. In general, these centres provide a mix of services to satisfy the needs of the local population.

Figure 37. Floorspace Shares by Activity area, Neighbourhood Centres, Randwick City, 2007

100% Ag, for & fish 90% Min 80% Util Constr 70% Manuf Educ 60% Tran & stor

50% Whl trade Govt 40% Com- unic serv Fin & insur Percentage 30% Prop & bus serv Cult & rec serv 20% Pers & other serv 10% Hlth & comm serv Ret trade 0% Acm caf & rest

Source: SGS

Finally, the activity locations of several selected neighbourhood centres are shown in Figure 37. The centres shown in the figure include Clovelly Beach, Little bay, Lurline, La Perouse and North Randwick.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Figure 38. Activity Locations, Selected Neighbourhood Centres, 2007

Clovelly Beach

North Randwick Lurline

Little Bay La Perouse

Source: SGS

1746rea (Report - Appendix 3 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study Appendix 4: Industrial Area Survey

Randwick City Council July 2008

This proposal has been prepared on behalf of:

This report has been prepared by: SGS Economics and Planning Pty. Ltd. ACN 007 437 729 Suite 12/50 Reservoir Street, Surry Hills NSW 2010 phone: 61 2 8307 0121 fax: 61 2 8307 0126 email: [email protected] web: www.sgs-pl.com.au

Table of Contents

1 Preliminary Results: Randwick Industrial Area Survey ...... 1

1.1 Industry activity ...... 1 1.2 Zoning of the land ...... 2 1.3 Employment ...... 3 1.4 Land and floorspace ...... 4 1.4.1 Land area and land use per employee ...... 4 1.4.2 Floorspace and use per employee ...... 7 1.5 Business relations with Randwick, the port and the airport ...... 10 1.6 Self containment – employees from Randwick working in Randwick ...... 13 1.7 Business climate ...... 13 1.8 Future intentions ...... 16 1.9 Regulations ...... 18 1.10 Suggestions to improve Randwick’s business environment ...... 19

Appendix 1A Survey Questionnaire ...... 20

Appendix 1B List of suggestions f or improvement ...... 25

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc SGS Economics and Planning

1 Preliminary Results: Randwick Industrial Area Survey

During the course of the Randwick Economic Activity study, industrial land users were surveyed to gather additional information on the nature of land use in Randwick City’s industrial area. Surveys were sent to 150 businesses and 30 responses were received; while this sample is quite small, the themes are informative.

The survey questionnaire is replicated for reference purposes in Appendix 1A.

1.1 Industry activity

All businesses were able to indicate the industry category of their activities. However, based on question 1 (description of exact business activity) some industry categories were corrected and redirected to the correct business category in accordance with ABS ANZSIC business coding.

The distribution of businesses among industry categories is displayed in the pie-chart figure below.

Figure 1. Business activity by broad industry sector

other business activity 17% manufacturing 27%

retail trade 10%

transport & construction storage 13% 13% wholesale trade 20% Source: SGS (2007), Randwick Business Survey

The largest category of businesses is formed by manufacturers; approximately 27%. The second largest category is wholesale trade (20%), followed by construction (13%) and transport storage (13%) and retail trade (10%). There is also a substantial category of ‘other business activities’ that accounts for 17% of all respondents. All of the retail businesses indicated to be in auto repairs. None of the respondents indicated activity in mining, utilities, hospitality, communication services, finance & insurance, property and business, health, government, education, culture and recreational services, personal services or agriculture.

Eight manufacturing firms responded, 75% or 6 firms are categorised as non-metallic mineral products and one firm is categorised as food, tobacco, textiles and one firm as wood and paper products (see table below).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Table 1. Type of manufacturing activities by manufacturing firms (count and share)

Count Share (in %) Food, tobacco, textiles 1 13% Wood & paper products 1 13% Non-metallic mineral products 6 75% Total 8 100% Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

It is known that some industries are increasingly confronted with challenges and regulations in the areas of accessibility, parking, use controls (hours of operation, waste, noise and other) and building regulations. Firms confronted with issues in these areas are found especially in manufacturing, wholesale trade, transport and storage and retail trade. In light of this study it is important to have a reasonable number of firms representing these industries. Among the respondents there are 8 manufacturing firms, 6 wholesale trade, 4 transport and storage, and 3 retail trade firms. Together it adds up to 21 firms representing 70% of total response.

1.2 Zoning of the land

The question on the zoning of the businesses premise’s land was not answered by 37% of respondents. However, 57% of respondents stated that their business site was Industrial (4a) and 7% Port Botany (4b).

Of the respondents that stated the zoning of their business (64% of respondents), approximately 90% are on land zoned Industrial 4 (a) and the remaining 10% on Port Botany (4b). Respondents reporting to be on land zoned Port Botany are from wholesale trade and transport & storage businesses.

Table 2. Type of industry activity by zoning (count an d share)

Zoning Industrial 4 (a) Port Botany 4 (b) Industry Count Share (in %) Count Share (in %) Manufacturing 6 31.6 0 0 Construction 3 15.8 0 0 Wholesale trade 1 5.3 1 5.3 Transport & storage 2 10.5 1 5.3 Retail trade 3 15.8 0 0 Other business activity 2 10.5 0 0 Total 17 89.5% 2 10.5% Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

1.3 Employment

Most businesses responding to the Randwick business survey could be classified as small to medium-sized. On average, respondents indicated their businesses employ 19 persons in Full Time Equivalent (FTE). However, the majority of businesses are small sized and the median size is 7 employees (in FTE). The higher average is the result of a small number of businesses that employ over 90 employee (FTE).

A quarter of all respondents indicated that they employ three staff or less (see table below). Another 25% has between four and 7 employees (FTE) and between 8 and 13 employees.

Table 3. Size of businesses in Randwick, in full-time equivalent

Number of employees Share of all Share of total (FTE) businesses employment (FTE1) < 3 25% 26% 4 to 7 25% 29% 8 to 13 25% 22% 14 or more 25% 23% Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Provision of employment by small, medium and large sized businesses using the above mentioned quartiles, our analysis indicates that in Randwick the employment is evenly spread across different sized businesses although there are slightly more small business (employing up to 7 people).

The majority of employees are in a full-time positions; approximately 80% of all staff. Many firms employ part time (36%) and casual staff (33%) as well. Of all employees approximately 7% are part time and 13% casual. Overall, the survey question on number of employees was answered by 93% of all respondents and is therefore believed to draw an accurate picture.

An increase in office based jobs has been an international trend and it is believed that this trend will continue. In Randwick, over one-third of employees (FTE) work in an office and almost one- third work in warehousing, while almost a quarter are working in a factory or production environment (see figure below). Approximately 4% of employees do transport or logistic type of activities and 3% work in outbound sales. One implication of this trend is that future demand for land and floorspace will to a strong degree be determined by demand for office space.

1 For all employees the analysis returned the same distribution

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Figure 2. Type of activities by employees (FTE) in Randwick

Share of employees working in outbound/sales transport 4% 3%

factory/product ion office 22% 39%

warehouse 32%

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

1.4 Land and floorspace

To be able to respond to future employment goals (as determined in the Sub-Regional Strategies for Greater Sydney) and trends it is important to gain insight in current land use patterns. Some insight is provided through the results of this survey, although it is just a sample of the business community. This section discusses land use and floorspace per business, by business size and by zoning. Also, attention will be paid to intensity of land use (square metre per employee) for these ratios may provide valuable guidelines in regard to future demand for land and floorspace.

1.4.1 Land area and land use per employee

The median land area of businesses in Randwick is 895 sq m. However, a limited number of businesses use expansive areas of land. As a consequence, the mean land size is higher and equals 3.5 hectares. There is a significant portion of businesses that were not able to answer this question (23%). It is expected it will predominantly be the smallest businesses that co-locate with other businesses that have not been able to answer this question; therefore the results are likely to provide a biased picture towards somewhat larger land users. Also, tenants are more likely not to be able to answer this question.

A quarter of all businesses are located on sites of 430 sq m or less (see table below). Another 25% are on sites between 431 and 800 sq m and 801 and 1500 sq m. The remaining 25% have sites of 1501 sq m and over.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Table 4. Land area of businesses in Randwick, in square metres

Total land area Share of all businesses Up to 430 sq m 25% 431 to 800 sq m 25% 801 to 1500 sq m 25% 1501 sq m or more 25% Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

The majority of the land is taken up by large firms of 14 or more employees (FTE); 25% of businesses take up 65% of the land (see figure below).

Figure 3. Total land area by business size (quartiles), in percentages

up to 3 fte 20%

4 to 7 fte 5%

8 to 13 fte 14 or more fte 10% 65%

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Lot size varies considerably by zoning. Firms on industrial zoned land require large sites (over 800 sq m and firms on land zoned Port Botany are on sites of 1.5 hectares (the sample consisted of 19 valid responses or 63%.).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Figure 4. Median land area per business by zoning, in square metres

1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 Industrial 4(a) Port Botany (4(b) Total

* no respondents reported special uses Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Intensity of land use

On average, land use per employee lies between 143 sq m per employee (all employees2) and 137 sq m per employee (FTE). This average returns a somewhat biased image for most businesses, as this average is pushed up by a limited number of firms having large sites. The median therefore gives a more representative indication. The median land use per employee in Randwick lies between 106 sq m per employee (all) and 91 sq m per employee (FTE). Approximately 77% of all respondents returned valid data to include into the analysis, while the remaining respondents were excluded because of missing data on land use.

Our analysis further indicates that intensity of land use varies by the size of the business. Very small businesses use the least land per employee while the largest businesses are the least efficient land users. (see table below).

Table 5. Intensity of land use by business siz e, median hectare/empl, Randwick

Land use per employee (sq m), Land use per employee (sq m), Industry median, all employees median, employees in FTE up to 3 fte 43 41 4 to 7 fte 122 122 8 to 13 fte 91 91 14 or more fte 205 205 Total 106 91 Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Small businesses use between 43 (all) and 41 (FTE) sq m per employee. Small businesses are more likely to employ part time and casual workers explaining the difference between the figures.

2 Full time, part time and casual

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Businesses of 14 employees or more use 205 sq m per employee. The businesses in between use 91 to 122 sq m per employee.

1.4.2 Floorspace and use per employee

In terms of floorspace, the mean usage is 1,895 sq m per business. The average is increased by a small number of large businesses. The median floorspace of businesseses in Randwick is 475 sq m. This question was not answered by a significant portion of businesses (17%) and it should be noted the non-response is probably biased towards smaller businesses and tenants rather than premise owners.

Usage of floorspace and future demand for floorspace is dominated by a limited number of large businesses. The table below shows the distribution of businesses by size in quartiles. A quarter of all businesses operate on a floorspace of 300 sq m or less. Half of all businesses uses up to 475 sq metres. Another 25% uses 475 sq m to 950 sq m covering a wide range of floorspace. The top 25% of businesses cover 951 sq metres or more.

Table 6. Floorspace of businesses in Randwick , in square metres

Total land area Share of all businesses Up to 300 sq m 25% 301 to 475 sq m 25% 476 to 950 sq m 25% 951 sq m or more 25% Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Previously our analysis showed that employment in Randwick was spread evenly across large, medium and small firms. In terms of floorspace, large businesses use the majority of space: 25% of all businesses use 60% of all the floorspace. (see Figure below).

The smallest firms (up to three FTE) use 25% of all floorspace. Together, 75% of all firms (up to 14 FTE) cover 40% of all floorspace while these firms combined generate 77% of all employment. Large firms (14 FTE or more) generate 23% of all employment and use 60% of all floorspace. Overall, smaller businesses use the available space more intensively than large businesses.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Figure 5. Use of floorspace by business size, in %, Randwick

up to 3 fte 25%

4 to 7 fte 14 or more fte 9% 60%

8 to 13 fte 6%

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Floorspace varies by zoning. Firms on land zoned Port Botany use floor space of 67sqm and firms on industrial zoned land use more floorspace (72sqm). The sample consisted of 19 valid responses or 63%.

Figure 6. Median floorspace per business by zoning, in sq metres

73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 Industrial 4(a) Port Botany (4(b) Total

* there were no responses of special uses Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Intensity of floorspace use

The intensity of usage of floorspace is expressed in square metres of floorspace per employee. The analysis uses both data showing full time equivalent employment (FTE) and sum of all employees (full time, part time and casuals). The average floorspace per employee lies between 76 (all) and

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

80 (FTE) square metres per employee. As noted before, median floorspaces provide a more accurate picture of land use patterns as the mean may be pushed up by a limited number of large businesses.

Table 7. Intensity of floorspace use by business size, median sq m /empl, Randwick

Floorspace per employee (m2), Floorspace per employee (m2), Size median, all employees median, employees in FTE up to 3 fte 63 67 4 to 7 fte 86 100 8 to 14 fte 47 47 14 or more fte 31 29 Total 63 67 Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Most businesses report having premises of two storeys (including mezzanine levels). Approximately a third of respondents indicated to be located on one floor only, while over half (57%) indicated using two levels of floorspace. Only 7% use three levels or more. There is no relationship between the size of a company (in number of employees FTE) and the number of storeys. Small, medium and large firms reported using single storey and multi level premises.

On average businesses in Randwick have 13 car parking spaces. However, most businesses have much lower number of spaces and the median lies at 6 spaces per business. The number of car parking spaces increases with the size of the business (in terms of FTE (see table below).

Table 8. Median number of parking spaces per business by size (FTE)

Size Median no. of parking spaces up to 3 fte 4 4 to 7 fte 4 8 to 14 fte 9 14 or more fte 12 Total 6 Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

1.5 Business relations with Randwick, the port and the airport

An important share of sales is aimed at the local market; businesses in Randwick on average sell 18% of their products and services to clients within Randwick City (see figure below). In sum, majority of sales (61%) are destined to Sydney; 18% within Randwick, and another 43% within the remainder of Metropolitan Sydney.

The remaining share is aimed at clients outside Sydney: 29% of the sales are directed towards elsewhere in Australia and only 3% of sales are exported. Most respondents (approximately 93%) answered this question.

Figure 7. Mean distribution of respondents’ sales by geographical area, in %

not stated within Randwick overseas 7% 18% 3%

elsewhere in Australia 29%

elsewhere in Metro Sydney 43% Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

For inputs, much fewer respondents (only two-thirds) were able to answer this question (see figure below).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Figure 8. Mean distribution of respondents’ inputs by geographical area, in %

within Randwick 13%

not stated 33%

elsewhere in Metro Sydney 29%

overseas elsewhere 15% in Australia 10% Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

The majority of inputs are sourced from within Metropolitan Sydney (42%). An important share is sourced from local businesses within Randwick (13%). Overseas imports play a significant role as well, 15% of all inputs are from abroad and 10% of inputs come from elsewhere in Australia.

Links with Port Botany and Sydney Airport

The Port of Botany Bay and Sydney Airport are generally seen as important drivers behind the local economy of Randwick City. To obtain an impression of how important these gateways are, the survey enquired about the respondents’ involvement on a weekly basis with the port and the airport. The survey results indicate business involvement with the port and the airport is relevant to many businesses in Randwick.

In sum 57% of respondent businesses indicate being involved with Port Botany in some way on a weekly basis. Mostly, business involvement with the Port of Botany is in regard to the import and/or export of goods and transport, storage and transfer activities via the Port of Botany (40% of businesses).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Figure 9. Businesses that are involved* on a weekly basis with the Port of Botany

45% 40% 40% 40%

35%

30%

25%

20%

15% 13%

10% 7% 5%

0% Import / export Transport, Delivering Other activity of goods via storage and/or services and in relation to Port Botany transfer via supplies to Port Port Botany Port Botany Botany * Respondents were allowed to give multiple responses in regard to their involvement with the port. Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Many businesses too are involved with Sydney Airport on a weekly basis; 37% indicate they deal with the airport in some way on a weekly basis. The import and/or export of goods via Sydney Airport (27%) and transport, storage and transfer of goods via Sydney Airport (20%) are the main business relations indicated. Figure 10. Businesses that are involved* on a weekly basis with Sydney Airport

30% 27%

25%

20% 20%

15%

10% 7%

5% 3%

0% Import / export Transport, Delivering Other activity of goods via storage and/or services and in relation to Sydney Airport transfer via supplies to Sydney Airport Sydney Airport Sydney Airport * Respondents were allowed to give multiple responses in regard to their involvement with the airport. Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

From this it can be concluded that the Port of Botany and Sydney Airport are of crucial importance to many businesses in Randwick.

In total, 63% of all respondents are on a weekly basis involved with Port Botany or Sydney Airport. Half of this share is involved with both the port as the airport (30%).

1.6 Self containment – employees from Randwick working in Randwick

The business survey asked businesses to estimate what percentage of employees living in Randwick City. On average, only 27% of employees working in Randwick are also living there. SGS computed the total number of employees working in the businesses and the number of employees also living in Randwick. In total businesses that answered the question employ 563 employees. Of those, 152 or 27% lives in Randwick.

Conversely, approximately three quarters of employees in these businesses do not live in Randwick City. Therefore, Randwick City has an important role in providing employment to persons living elsewhere in Metropolitan Sydney.

1.7 Business climate

The survey asked the businesses for their opinion on the quality of the local business climate. Aspects taken into account are availability and affordability of suitable land and business premises, proximity of supplier and market base, accessibility of transport infrastructure and the facilitating role of the Council.

Overall, businesses in Randwick are reasonably content with the local business climate; on a scale of 1 (very poor) to 5 (very good) most businesses tended to answer 3 (average) or 4 (good).

However, some aspects are clearly seen as competitive advantages to other locations: major road infrastructure, Sydney Airport, Port of Botany and access to CBD. Only the accessibility of public transport was rated fairly weak (see figure below.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Figure 11. Rating of accessibility aspects, rating very poor/poor, average and good/very good in %

100 13 90 80 70 73 60 77 54 50 96 96 40 30 20 19 33 27 10 0 4 4 4 Access to Road Access to public Access to Airport Access to Port Access to CBD Infrastructure transport

Poor or very poor Average Good or very good

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

The survey shows that most businesses in Randwick are reasonably content with the current availability of land, premises and ancillary services, rating these aspects very good, good or average (see figure below). However, the affordability rating was mixed with just over half of respondents rating availability of competitively priced premises very good, good or average while 44% rated affordability poor or very poor.

Figure 12. Rating of business location aspects, rating very poor/poor, average and good/very good in %

100 90 26 33 35 80 38 42 48 70

60 30 50 42 39 40 58 50 30 40 20 44 26 10 25 8 12 0 4 Availability of Availability of Competitively Availability of Proximity to Availability of appropriate appropriate priced sites ancillary purchasers of suppliers land and sites premises and premises services your goods or services

Poor or very poor Average Good or very good

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Another area in which Randwick rates well is that businesses think that business relations are fairly strong: most businesses rate the proximity of suppliers and purchasers average or good. Approximately 13% are of the opinion that proximity to purchasers is very good.

Overall, Council’s involvement with businesses (rates, engagement, advice, understanding and development controls) was rated as reasonable (3 / average). Most businesses do not perceive the rates they are charged as being inappropriate (see figure below); the majority think the appropriateness is average while 16% regard it as good to very good, however, one-quarter of respondents regard the rates as inappropriate.

Figure 13. Rating of Council planning and regulations rating very poor/poor, average and good/very good in %

100 90 16 20 20 22 27 29 80 70 60 40 60 48 50 52 46 54 40 30 20 40 32 24 26 27 10 17 0

Involvement

Provision of advice

Appropriateness of rates Council's understanding Controls are accessible Controls are understandable

Poor or very poor Average Good or very good

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Council’s engagement/involvement in economic development in understanding of business needs did not score as strongly as the other aspects of Council activities and the business climate in general; these aspects returned the lowest percentage of positive and neutral responses.

Furthermore, nearly a third of all respondents returned a positive view (‘good’ to ‘very good’) on the Council’s provision of advice for industrial and commercial development.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

1.8 Future intentions

The survey asked the respondent businesses to comment on their future expectations and intentions. Approximately 90% of all respondents answered the question, which should provide an accurate and representative overview.

Most businesses indicate they expect their business will remain stable in terms of employees and land / floorspace area. Nonetheless, future expectations are fairly positive as 18% of businesses intend to expand the number of employees compared to only 4% expecting to decrease (see figure below).

Figure 14. Business expectations for next 3 years in regard to the number of employees, in %

100 90 79 80 70 60 50 40 30 18 20

10 4 0 0 0 Decrease Decrease Remain stable Expand Expand strongly strongly

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Manufacturing firms (7%) and construction firms (7%) indicated that they intend to expand the number of employees over the next three years. One manufacturing firm however seemed to be less optimistic and indicated a strong decrease in employees.

As well as intending to expand the number of employees 15% of businesses intend to expand the floor or land area they are currently using; 81% expect future requirements for land and floorspace will remain the same (see figure below).

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Figure 15. Business expectations for next 3 years in regard land / floorspace requirements, in %

100 90 81 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 15

10 4 0 0 0 Decrease Decrease Remain stable Expand Expand strongly strongly

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

While some manufacturing and construction businesses expressed intentions to increase in number of employees, only half of those increasing employees are intending to expand floorspace. This implies that they intend to use current floorspace more intensively. Conversely, some businesses in transport & storage and retail indicated they would increase floorspace but not employees.

The majority of the current business community intends to remain at the current location (89%). Those that do intend to redevelop do not intend to relocate but prefer to stay and redevelop the existing site (see figure below).

Figure 16. Business expectations for next 3 years in regard location, in %

100 89 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 12 10 0 0 0 0 Remain at Remain and Relocate Relocate Relocate same location redevelop elsewhere with outside outside existing site Randwick Randwick City Randwick City but within and outside Metro Sydney Metro Sydney

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Only one business provided a reason for redevelopment, which was that the warehouse premises were too small.

1.9 Regulations

The survey asked the businesses whether a number Council controls and regulations ever impacted on their business operations. The majority of businesses denied so. However, moderate numbers of businesses do declare that some controls and regulations have impacted upon their business activities. The question was aimed at those businesses being involved in building and/or renovation activities over the last three years. Four out of 30 businesses answered this question (13%).

The figure below shows the major impacts as indicated by the businesses are car parking regulations (13%) and planning and building regulations such as impact of allowable floorspace ratio (7%), impact of minimum setback (7%), impact of height controls (7%) and impact of allowable building area (7%).

Figure 17. Businesses indicating impacts upon business operations, in %

Impact of 'minimum lot size' 3

Impact of 'allowable floorspace ratio' 7

Impact of 'use' 3

Impact of 'minimum setback' 7

Impact of 'car parking regulations' 13

Impact of 'height controls' 7

Impact of 'allowable building area' 7

Impact of 'finance & insurance' 0

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Source: SGS (2007), Randwick business survey

Manufacturing activities are more likely to produce noise and pollution than other industries and often prefer to operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Despite it being more likely that manufacturing firms would be affected by restrictions on use; of the eight manufacturing businesses that responded to the survey, only one reported being affected by use regulations.

Firms in the construction industry reported being affected by building and planning regulations.

There were no additional comments provided by the respondents answering this question although the opportunity was provided for them to do so.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

1.10 Suggestions to improve Randwick’s business environment

The survey asked businesses for their suggestions and ideas to improve Randwick City region as a business environment. Appendix 1B contains a full overview of the suggestions raised by businesses.

The most frequently mentioned aspects, being: . Improve availability of parking spaces; . Restrict on-street truck parking; . Provide lights or a roundabout at the corner of Beauchamp Rd and Perry St; . Improve local roads and access to main arteries; . Improve availability and accessibility of public transport; . Improve rubbish/streetscape management; . Encourage industry to reduce pollution; . Streamline Council approval procedures; . More retail and shops.

Some suggestions are generic, other are very detailed and applicable to a specific situation.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Appendix 1A Survey Questionnaire

A Economic activity

1. At this location, what does your organisation or company do or sell? (eg. Auto repairs, manufacture paint, store household goods)

2a. What broad industry category is your organisation or company at this location?

Retail trade, Mining Government & defence □ □ namely…………………….. □ Electricity, gas & water Accommodation, cafes & Education □ supply □ restaurants □ Cultural & recreational Manufacturing, go to 2b Communication services □ □ □ services □ Construction □ Finance & insurance □ Personal & other services Property & business Agriculture, forestry and Wholesale trade □ □ services □ fishing Health & community Other business activity, Transport & storage □ □ services □ namely: ……………………..

2b. If your business is in manufacturing which of the following product types does it manufacture? (if your business is not in manufacturing please skip this question)

Food, beverage & tobacco manufacturing Non-metallic mineral production □ □ Manufacturing Wood & paper product manufacturing Metal product manufacturing, machinery & □ □ equipment manufacturing Petroleum coal chemical & associated Textile, clothing, footware and leather □ products manufacturing □ manufacturing Other manufacturing,

□ namely:………………………… 3. In Randwick City, what street is your organisation or company located?

4. Roughly what proportion of sales and inputs at this location are from the following areas:

a. Sales b. Inputs

Within Randwick City % %

Elsewhere in Metropolitan Sydney % %

Elsewhere in Australia % %

Overseas % % 100% 100%

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

5. What is the number of employees at this premise? Please fill out number:

Total number of employees Number of casual employees Total number of employees in full Number of full-time employees time equivalent (FTE) Number of part-time employees

6. What is the number of employees (expressed in full time equivalent) per type of activity?

Number of office employees Number of transport employees Number of warehouse employees Number of retail employees Number of factory/production Number of outbound/sales employees employees Number of ‘other’ employees:

(describe)……………………………….

7. Roughly what portion of your employees at this location live in the Randwick City area?

□ % □ Not sure

8. What is the approximate area of your organisation or company at this location (in square metres)?

Sq m Land area of this business location is

Sq m Floor space of building/s is

9. What is approximate percentage of floorspace of the building(s) by use type (in %):

Office % Retail %

Warehouse/storage % Other %

Manufacturing %

10. Number of storeys (including mezzanine levels) storeys

11. Number of carparking spaces spaces

12. What is the zoning of the land where your organisation or company is located?

□ 4A Industrial □ 4B Port Botany □ 5 Special Uses □ Other:______□ Not known

13. Since what year has your organisation or company been at this

current location? Please fill out year.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

14. What are your intentions or expectations for your organisation or company in this location over the next 3 years? (Please circle the number of your rating)

Decrease Remain Expand Decrease Expand N/A strongly stable strongly a. Number of employees will 1 2 3 4 5 □

b. Land / floorspace area will 1 2 3 4 5 □

c. Location will:

Relocate outside Randwick City but within Metro Remain the same □ □ Sydney Relocate outside Randwick City and outside Metro Remain and redevelop existing site □ □ Sydney Relocate elsewhere within Randwick Not sure □ City □

15. If there are plans to move from this location, what are the reasons for moving?

16. On a weekly basis, is your organisation or company at this location involved with any of the following Port and Airport related activities? (More than one box may be selected)

Port Botany related: Airport related: □ Import / export of goods via Port Botany □ Import / export of goods via Sydney Airport Transport, storage and/or transfer of goods Transport, storage and/or transfer of goods □ to/from Port Botany □ to/from Sydney Airport Delivering services and supplies (e.g. Delivering services and supplies (e.g. maintenance, repair, vehicles, personnel, maintenance, repair, vehicles, personnel, □ catering) to Port Botany □ catering) to Sydney Airport Other activity in relation to Botany Port, Other activity in relation to Sydney Airport, □ namely:...... □ namely:...... □ None of the above. □ None of the above.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

B. Planning and Development Regulations

1. Has your organisation or company at this location been involved in any building activities or renovations in the last three years? □ Yes □ No

2. Do you feel that any of the following Council controls or regulations ever impacted on the operation of your organisation or company at this location? (please check box, more than one is possible) □ Minimum lot size □ Car parking □ Allowable floorspace ratio □ Height controls Controls regarding use (hours of operation, Allowable area of the land that can be □ waste, noise, other) □ covered by building(s) □ Minimum setback □ Finance & insurance

Please provide detail:

3. Do you feel that community or residential concerns have impacted on the development of your organisation or company? If so, please provide detail:

C. Local Economic Climate

How would you rate the following with regard to your organisation or company location in Randwick City:

1. Location

Please circle the number of your rating – where 1 is very poor and 5 is very good: Very Very Poor Average Good N/A poor good Availability of appropriate land and sites 1 2 3 4 5 □ Availability of appropriate premises (buildings) 1 2 3 4 5 □ Competitively priced sites and premises 1 2 3 4 5 □ Availability of ancillary services (eg. retail) 1 2 3 4 5 □ Proximity to purchasers of your goods or 1 2 3 4 5 □ services Availability of suppliers 1 2 3 4 5 □

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

2. Accessibility

Please circle the number of your rating – where 1 is very poor and 5 is very good: Very Very Poor Average Good N/A poor good Access to major road infrastructure 1 2 3 4 5 □ Access to public transport 1 2 3 4 5 □ Access to Airport 1 2 3 4 5 □ Access to Port 1 2 3 4 5 □ Access to CBD 1 2 3 4 5 □

3. Council Planning and Regulation

Please circle the number of your rating – where 1 is very poor and 5 is very good: Very Very Poor Average Good N/A poor good Rates levied by Council are appropriate 1 2 3 4 5 □ Engagement/involvement of Council in 1 2 3 4 5 □ economic development Council’s understanding of business needs 1 2 3 4 5 □ Understanding Council’s Development Controls 1 2 3 4 5 □ Accessibility of Council’s Development Controls 1 2 3 4 5 □ Council’s provision of advice for industrial and 1 2 3 4 5 □ commercial development (ie. Design)

4. Do you have any ideas or comments about how the Randwick City region could be improved as a location for your organisation or company? Please write down your top three (3) suggestions:

1.

2.

3.

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

SGS Economics and Planning

Appendix 1B List of suggestions for improvement

1 2 3 Suggestion for improvement Suggestion for improvement Suggestion for improvement Corner of Beauchamp Rd & Perry Improve roads St needs traffic lights, there is an accident at least once per week Car parking on McCauley St Truck parking on street Upgrade of roads need for Urgent attention is needed to roundabouts to facilitate traffic clean up footpaths and nature strips Providing night security for the premises Amalgamate with Botany Council Improve service for organisations located at the extremities of the municipality Make Raymond Ave one way Need roundabout at intersection of Clean up Orica's waste & other air Improving the streetscape e.g. Perry St & Beauchamp Rd polluters in the Botany/Matraville tree p lantings removal of area vandalism etc More unmetered parking to attract Improvement on security and more customers to buy from local safety businesses Reduce time taken for Council Reduce Council red tape approvals Install lights at Perry St/Beauchamp Rd Organise the trucks to park in Main shopping centre should have Bus stops to have sitting facilities appropriate places other than more outlets & more lighting at night main roads endangering people Allow parking on the nature strip Create additional parking for Compensate businesses in in McCauley St during AMCOR business in McCauley St during McCauley St during Amcor development Amcor development development Improve public transport - we are unable to employ people who don't drive because of difficulty with public transport Pollution from plaster board Issue of semi trailers parking manufacturer needs to be more along Foreshore Rd & Bunnerong tightly controlled. R d need s to be addressed

1746rea (Report - Appendix 4 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study Appendix 5: Employment Activity Chartbook

Randwick City Council July 2008

This proposal has been prepared on behalf of:

This report has been prepared by: SGS Economics and Planning Pty. Ltd. ACN 007 437 729 Suite 12/50 Reservoir Street, Surry Hills NSW 2010 phone: 61 2 8307 0121 fax: 61 2 8307 0126 email: [email protected] web: www.sgs-pl.com.au Randwick Economic Activity Study

Table of Contents

1 Distribution of Employment ...... 2

2 Divergent Travel Modes ...... 16

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

1 Distribution of Employment

Figure 1. Employment density, Randwick, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 2. Employment Growth, 1996-2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 3. Figure 2. Employment Increase, 1996-2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 4. Location of Employment – Health & Community Services, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 5. Location of Employment – Education, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 6. Location of Employment – Accom, Cafes & Restaurants, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 7. Location of Employment – Culture & Recreation, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 8. Location of Employment – Retail Trade, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 9. Location of Employment – Personal & Other Services, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 10. Location of Employment – Wholesale Trade, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 11. Location of Employment – Transport & Storage, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 12. Location of Employment – Manufacturing, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 13. Location of Employment – Construction, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 14. Location of Employment – Property & Business Services, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

2 Divergent Travel Modes

Figure 15. Travel Mode – Train, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 16. Travel Mode – Bus, 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 17. Travel Mode – Car (Driver), 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc

Randwick Economic Activity Study

Figure 18. Travel Mode – Other (Including Walking and Cycling), 2001

Source: JTW 2001

1746rea (Report - Appendix 5 - July 2008).doc